LR-N24-0004, License Amendment Request – Revise Technical Specification to Change Surveillance Intervals to Accommodate a 24-Month Fuel Cycle

From kanterella
(Redirected from ML24141A136)
Jump to navigation Jump to search

License Amendment Request – Revise Technical Specification to Change Surveillance Intervals to Accommodate a 24-Month Fuel Cycle
ML24141A136
Person / Time
Site: Hope Creek PSEG icon.png
Issue date: 05/20/2024
From: Denight R
Public Service Enterprise Group
To:
Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, Document Control Desk
References
LR-N24-0004, LAR H24-01
Download: ML24141A136 (1)


Text

Robert DeNight HCGS Site Vice President, PSEG Nuclear PO Box 236 Hancocks Bridge, New Jersey 08038-0221 856-339-5303 Robert.denightjr@pseg.com 10 CFR 50.90 LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 May 20, 2024 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission ATTN: Document Control Desk Washington, DC 20555-0001 Hope Creek Generating Station Renewed Facility Operating License No. NPF-57 NRC Docket No. 50-354

Subject:

License Amendment Request - Revise Hope Creek Generating Station Technical Specification to Change Surveillance Intervals to Accommodate a 24-Month Fuel Cycle

References:

1.

Letter from NRC to Thomas Joyce, Hope Creek Generating Station

- Issuance of Amendment RE: Relocation of Specific Surveillance Frequencies to a Licensee-Controlled Program Based On Technical Specifications Task Force (TSTF) Change TSTF-425 (TAC No.

ME3545), dated February 25, 2011 [ML103410243]

2.

NRC Generic Letter 91-04, Changes in Technical Specification Surveillance Intervals to Accommodate a 24-Month Fuel Cycle, dated April 2, 1991 In accordance with 10 CFR 50.90, PSEG Nuclear LLC (PSEG) hereby requests an amendment to Renewed Facility Operating License (RFOL) No. NPF-57 for Hope Creek Generating Station (HCGS) to implement a 24 Month Fuel Cycle (24MFC). PSEG requests changes to the HCGS RFOL to revise the Technical Specification (TS) Surveillance Requirement (SR) performance intervals from 18 months to 24 months. License Amendment 187 relocated most TS SR Frequencies to a licensee-controlled program governed by TS 6.8.4.j, Surveillance Frequency Control Program (SFCP) (Reference 1). The proposed change reviews the requested SR performance interval increases in accordance with Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Generic Letter (GL) 91-04 (Reference 2). Some SR frequencies extended under the SFCP to 36 months are proposed to be extended to 48 months based on the principles of GL 91-04.

The Enclosure to this License Amendment Request provides a description of the TS changes, the basis for the amendment, the No Significant Hazards Consideration evaluation pursuant to 10 CFR 50.91(a)(1), and the Environmental Consideration evaluation pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22. Attachment 1 to the Enclosure provides the proposed changes to the current

LR-N24-0004 Page 2 10 CFR 50.90 HCGS RFOL and TS in marked up format. Attachment 2 provides the associated TS Bases changes (for information only). Attachment 3 provides the evaluation of the 24-month review findings. Attachment 4 provides a list of affected channels for 24-month fuel cycle changes by TS section, including instrument make, model, and range. Attachment 5 provides a summary of the methodology and assumptions used to determine the rate of instrument drift with time, based upon historical plant calibration data.

In accordance with 10 CFR 50.91, PSEG is notifying the State of New Jersey by transmitting a copy of this letter and enclosures to the designated State of New Jersey official.

Approval of this proposed amendment is requested within one year after the NRC's acceptance review. Once approved, the amendment shall be implemented during the Fall 2025 refueling outage.

There are no regulatory commitments contained in this letter.

If there are any questions or if additional information is needed, please contact Mr. Brian Thomas at brian.thomas@pseg.com.

I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.

Executed on S /ZC1./ 1. L{

(Date)

Respectfully,

~~

Robert W. DeNight Site Vice President Hope Creek Generating Station

Enclosure:

Description and Evaluation of the Proposed Change : Mark-up of the Current Hope Creek Generating Station Facility Operating License Pages : Technical Specification Bases Changes : Evaluation of GL 91-04 Review Findings List of Affected Instrument Channels Instrument Drift Analysis Design Guide cc:

Administrator, Region I, NRG Mr. J. Kim, NRG Project Manager, Hope Creek NRG Senior Resident Inspector, Hope Creek Ms. Ann Pfaff, Manager NJBNE

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 1 of 29 Enclosure Description and Evaluation of the Proposed Change License Amendment Request Revise Hope Creek Generating Station Technical Specification (TS) to Change Surveillance Intervals to Accommodate a 24-Month Fuel Cycle Table of Contents 1.0

SUMMARY

DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................... 2

2.0 BACKGROUND

............................................................................................................................ 2 3.0 DETAILED DESCRIPTION.......................................................................................................... 3 3.1 Proposed Changes................................................................................................................ 3 3.2 Reason for the Proposed Change........................................................................................ 19

4.0 TECHNICAL EVALUATION

....................................................................................................... 19 4.1 Generic Letter 91-04 Changes.............................................................................................. 19

5.0 REGULATORY EVALUATION

.................................................................................................. 24 5.1 Applicable Regulatory Requirements/Criteria.................................................................... 24 5.2 Precedents............................................................................................................................. 26 5.3 No Significant Hazards Consideration Analysis................................................................. 26

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATION

..................................................................................... 28

7.0 REFERENCES

........................................................................................................................... 28

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 2 of 29 1.0

SUMMARY

DESCRIPTION In accordance with 10 CFR 50.90, PSEG Nuclear LLC (PSEG) hereby requests an amendment to Renewed Facility Operating License (RFOL) No. NPF-57 for Hope Creek Generating Station (HCGS) to implement a 24 Month Fuel Cycle (24MFC). PSEG requests changes to the HCGS RFOL to revise the Technical Specification (TS) Surveillance Requirement (SR) performance intervals from 18 months to 24 months. License Amendment 187 relocated most TS SR Frequencies to a licensee-controlled program governed by TS 6.8.4.j, Surveillance Frequency Control Program (SFCP) (Reference 1). The proposed change reviews the requested SR performance interval increases in accordance with Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Generic Letter (GL) 91-04 (Reference 2).

The submittal also proposes changes to TS Table 1.1, and SR 4.6.1.2.f, g, and h to increase the current 18-month testing intervals to 24 months, and revises TS 6.16, Control Room Envelope Habitability Program from 36 months on a Staggered Test Basis to 48 months on a Staggered Test Basis.

Finally, certain 18-month SR Frequencies have already been extended to 36 months under the SFCP. This submittal proposes to extend these Frequencies to 48 months based on the principles of GL 91-04.

2.0 BACKGROUND

PSEG plans to transition HCGS from the current 18-month operating cycle to a 24MFC. On March 19, 2010, PSEG requested an amendment to the HCGS TS to implement NRC approved TS Task Force (TSTF) Change Traveler, TSTF-425, Revision 3, Relocate Surveillance Frequencies to Licensee Control - RITSTF [Risk-Informed TSTF] Initiative 5 (Reference 3). By letter dated February 25, 2011, the NRC issued Amendment 187 which approved the requested TS changes (Reference 1). Amendment 187 incorporated TS 6.8.4.j, Surveillance Frequency Control Program into the HCGS TS. The SFCP transferred most SR intervals from the TS to a licensee-controlled program. TSTF-425 was not designed to address the wholesale SR interval changes associated with a transition to 24MFC. PSEG observes that all plants with 24MFC used GL 91-04 as the basis for the 24MFC SR interval changes. GL 91-04, has been, and continues to be the basis for 24MFC SR interval changes. Since 1991, 24MFC license amendment requests included the information requested by GL 91-04. Recent plants using GL 91-04 as the basis for the transition to 24 MFCs include: Prairie Island (2022) (Reference 4) and Fermi 2 (2021) (Reference 5). The GL 91-04 basis for 24MFC SR interval changes is well established, and both the Fermi 2 and Prairie Island precedents transitioned to the 24MFC utilizing the GL 91-04 methodology, though they had previously adopted the SFCP approach for extending SR Frequencies.

An additional detail is that HCGS has already transitioned certain SR Frequencies to 36 months under the SFCP. However, this does not negate the appropriateness of utilizing the principles of the GL 91-04 approach for extending these SR Frequencies to 48 months. The selected 36-month SR Frequency extensions are a small subset of the overall population of 36-month SRs, but are necessary to support the continuance of channelized outages.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 3 of 29 3.0 DETAILED DESCRIPTION 3.1 Proposed Changes 3.1.1 Changes In SR Performance Intervals For A 24-Month Fuel Cycle To accommodate a 24-month fuel cycle for HCGS, a new License Condition is proposed to the RFOL:

C.(29) 24 Month Fuel Cycle Exception to Surveillance Frequency Control Program The 24 Month Fuel Cycle-related Surveillance Requirement Frequency changes approved by the NRC in License Amendment xxx are not subject to the Surveillance Frequency Control Program (SFCP) requirements on a one-time extension basis. Subsequent extensions are subject to the SFCP requirements specified in the Technical Specifications.

This element of the proposed change will allow application of the GL 91-04 methodology to extend current selected 18 month and 36 month SR performance intervals to 24 months and 48 months, respectively, in lieu of the SFCP process, as described in TS 6.8.4.j.

3.1.1.2 Changes from 18-Months to 24-Months TS Table 1.1, Surveillance Frequency Notation, Notation R is revised from At least once every 18 months (550 days) to At least once every 24 months (731 days).

The following SR performance intervals are being revised from 18 months to 24 months:

TS 3/4.1.3 Control Rods SR 4.1.3.1.4 The scram discharge volume shall be determined OPERABLE by demonstrating:

a. The scram discharge volume vent and drain valves OPERABLE in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program, by verifying that the drain and vent valves:
1. Close within 30 seconds after receipt of a signal for control rods to scram, and
2. Open when the scram signal is reset.

TS 3/4.1.5 Standby Liquid Control System SR 4.1.5 The standby liquid control system shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

d. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
2. Demonstrating that all heat traced piping between the storage tank and the injection pumps is unblocked and then draining and flushing the piping with demineralized water.
3. Demonstrating that the storage tank heaters are OPERABLE by verifying the expected temperature rise of the sodium pentaborate solution in the storage tank after the heaters are energized.

TS 3/4.3.1 Reactor Protection System Instrumentation SR 4.3.1.1 Each reactor protection system instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST and CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations for the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS and at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.1.1-1.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 4 of 29 Functional Unit 1.a, Intermediate Range Monitors, Neutron Flux - High:

CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Functional Unit 7, Drywell Pressure - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Functional Unit 8.a, Scram Discharge Volume Water Level High, Float Switch: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Functional Unit 8.b, Scram Discharge Volume Water Level High, Level Transmitter/Trip Unit: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Functional Unit 11, Reactor Mode Switch Shutdown Position: CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST only SR 4.3.1.2 LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTS and simulated automatic operation of all channels shall be performed in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. Functional Unit 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, 2.d, and 2.f do not require separate LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTS. The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST for APRM Function 2.e includes simulating APRM and OPRM trip conditions at the APRM channel inputs to the voter channel to check all combinations of two tripped inputs to the 2-Out-Of 4 voter logic in the voter channels. [Functional Units 1.a and b, 2.e, 7, 8.a and b, and 11]

Functional Unit 1.a, Intermediate Range Monitors, Neutron Flux - High Functional Unit 1.b, Intermediate Range Monitors, Inoperative Functional Unit 2.e, Average Power Range Monitor, 2-Out-OF-4 Voter Functional Unit 7, Drywell Pressure - High Functional Unit 8.a, Scram Discharge Volume Water Level High, Float Switch Functional Unit 8.b, Scram Discharge Volume Water Level High, Level Transmitter/Trip Unit Functional Unit 11, Reactor Mode Switch Shutdown Position SR 4.3.1.3 The REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME of each reactor trip functional unit shall be demonstrated to be within its limit in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. Neutron detectors are exempt from response time testing. For the Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure - High Functional Unit and the Reactor Vessel Water Level - Low, Level 3 Functional Unit, the sensor is eliminated from response time testing for RPS circuits.

UFSAR Table 7.2-3 Functional Unit 3, Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure

- High UFSAR Table 7.2-3 Functional Unit 4, Reactor Vessel Water Level - Low, Level 3 UFSAR Table 7.2-3 Functional Unit 5, Main Steam Line Isolation Valve -

Closure TS 3/4.3.2 Isolation Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.2.1 Each isolation actuation instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST and CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations for the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS and at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.2.1-1.

Trip Function 1.b, Primary Containment Isolation, Drywell Pressure - High:

CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 1.c, Primary Containment Isolation, Reactor Building Exhaust Radiation - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 2.b, Secondary Containment Isolation, Drywell Pressure - High:

CHANNEL CALIBRATION only

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 5 of 29 Trip Function 2.c, Refueling Floor Exhaust Radiation - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 2.d, Reactor Building Exhaust Radiation - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 3.b, Main Steam Line Isolation, Main Steam Line Radiation -

High, High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 3.e, Main Steam Line Isolation, Condenser Vacuum - Low:

CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 3.f, Main Steam Line Isolation, Main Steam Line Tunnel Temperature - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 3.g footnote (a), Main Steam Line Isolation, Manual Initiation:

CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST only Trip Function 4.a, Reactor Water Cleanup System Isolation, RWCU Flow -

High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 4.b, Reactor Water Cleanup System Isolation, RWCU Flow -

High, Timer: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 4.c, Reactor Water Cleanup System Isolation, RWCU Area Temperature - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 4.d, Reactor Water Cleanup System Isolation, RWCU Area Ventilation Temperature - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 4.g footnote (a), Reactor Water Cleanup System Isolation, Manual Isolation: CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST only Trip Function 5.a, Reactor Core Isolation Cooling Isolation, RCIC Steam Line Pressure (Flow) - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 5.b, Reactor Core Isolation Cooling Isolation, RCIC Steam Line Pressure (Flow) - High, Timer: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 5.c, Reactor Core Isolation Cooling Isolation, RCIC Steam Supply Pressure - Low: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 5.d, Reactor Core Isolation Cooling Isolation, RCIC Turbine Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 5.e, Reactor Core Isolation Cooling Isolation, RCIC Pump Room Temperature - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 5.f, Reactor Core Isolation Cooling Isolation, RCIC Pump Room Ventilation Ducts Temperature - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 5.g, Reactor Core Isolation Cooling Isolation, RCIC Pipe Routing Area Temperature - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 5.h, Reactor Core Isolation Cooling Isolation, RCIC Torus Compartment Temperature - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 5.i, Reactor Core Isolation Cooling Isolation, Drywell Pressure -

High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 5.j, Reactor Core Isolation Cooling Isolation, Manual Initiation:

CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST only Trip Function 6.a, High Pressure Coolant Injection System Isolation, HPCI Steam Line Pressure (Flow) - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 6.b, High Pressure Coolant Injection System Isolation, HPCI Steam Line Pressure (Flow) - High, Timer: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 6.c, High Pressure Coolant Injection System Isolation, HPCI Steam Supply Pressure - Low: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 6 of 29 Trip Function 6.d, High Pressure Coolant Injection System Isolation, HPCI Turbine Exhaust Diaphragm Pressure - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 6.e, High Pressure Coolant Injection System Isolation, HPCI Pump Room Temperature - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 6.f, High Pressure Coolant Injection System Isolation, HPCI Pump Room Ventilation Ducts Temperature - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 6.g, High Pressure Coolant Injection System Isolation, HPCI Pipe Routing Area Temperature - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 6.h, High Pressure Coolant Injection System Isolation, HPCI Torus Compartment Temperature - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 6.i, High Pressure Coolant Injection System Isolation, Drywell Pressure - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 6.j, High Pressure Coolant Injection System Isolation, Manual Initiation: CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST only Trip Function 7.c footnote (a), RHR System Shutdown Cooling Mode Isolation, Manual Initiation: CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST only SR 4.3.2.3 The ISOLATION SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME of each isolation trip function shall be demonstrated to be within its limit in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. Radiation detectors are exempt from response time testing. The sensor is eliminated from response time testing for MSIV isolation logic circuits of the following trip functions: Reactor Vessel Water Level - Low Low Low, Level 1; Main Steam Line Pressure - Low; Main Steam Line Flow -

High.

UFSAR Table 7.3-16 Trip Function 2.c, Secondary Containment Isolation, Refueling Floor Exhaust Radiation - High UFSAR Table 7.3-16 Trip Function 2.d, Secondary Containment Isolation, Reactor Building Exhaust Radiation - High TS 3/4.3.3 Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.3.1 Each ECCS actuation instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST and CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations for the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS and at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.3.1-1.

Trip Function 1.b, Core Spray, Drywell Pressure - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 1.d, Core Spray, Core Spray Pump Discharge Flow - Low (Bypass): CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 2.b, Low Pressure Coolant Injection Mode of RHR System, Drywell Pressure - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 2.c, Low Pressure Coolant Injection Mode of RHR System, Reactor Vessel Pressure - Low (Permissive): CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 2.d, Low Pressure Coolant Injection Mode of RHR System, LPCI Pump Discharge Flow - Low (Bypass): CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 3.b, High Pressure Coolant Injection System, Drywell Pressure

- High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 3.c, High Pressure Coolant Injection System, Condensate Storage Tank Level - Low: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 7 of 29 Trip Function 3.f, High Pressure Coolant Injection System, HPCI Pump Discharge Flow - Low (Bypass): CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 3.g, High Pressure Coolant Injection System, Manual Initiation:

CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST only Trip Function 4.b, Automatic Depressurization System, Drywell Pressure -

High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 4.d, Automatic Depressurization System, Core Spray Pump Discharge Pressure - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 4.e, Automatic Depressurization System, RHR LPCI Mode Pump Discharge Pressure - High: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 4.h, Automatic Depressurization System, ADS Manual Inhibit Switch: CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST only Trip Function 4.i, Automatic Depressurization System, Manual Initiation:

CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST only SR 4.3.3.2 LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTS and simulated automatic operation of all channels shall be performed in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

Trip Functions 1.b, Core Spray, Drywell Pressure - High Trip Function 1.d, Core Spray, Core Spray Pump Discharge Flow - Low (Bypass)

Trip Function 2.b, Low Pressure Coolant Injection Mode of RHR System, Drywell Pressure - High Trip Function 2.c, Low Pressure Coolant Injection Mode of RHR System, Reactor Vessel Pressure - Low (Permissive)

Trip Function 2.d, Low Pressure Coolant Injection Mode of RHR System, LPCI Pump Discharge Flow - Low (Bypass)

Trip Function 3.b, High Pressure Coolant Injection System, Drywell Pressure

- High Trip Function 3.c, High Pressure Coolant Injection System, Condensate Storage Tank Level - Low Trip Function 3.f, High Pressure Coolant Injection System, HPCI Pump Discharge Flow - Low (Bypass)

Trip Function 4.b, Automatic Depressurization System, Drywell Pressure -

High Trip Function 4.c, Automatic Depressurization System, ADS Timer Trip Function 4.d, Automatic Depressurization System, Core Spray Pump Discharge Pressure - High Trip Function 4.e, Automatic Depressurization System, RHR LPCI Mode Pump Discharge Pressure - High Trip Function 4.g, Automatic Depressurization System, ADS Drywell Pressure Bypass Timer Trip Function 4.h, Automatic Depressurization System, ADS Manual Inhibit Switch Trip Function 4.i, Automatic Depressurization System, Manual Initiation TS 3/4.3.5 Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.5.1 Each RCIC system actuation instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST and

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 8 of 29 CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.5.1-1.

Functional Unit c, Condensate Storage Tank Level - Low: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Functional Unit d Footnote (a), Manual Initiation: CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST only SR 4.3.5.2 LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTS and simulated automatic operation of all channels shall be performed in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

Functional Unit c, Condensate Storage Tank Level - Low Functional Unit d, Manual Initiation TS 3/4.3.6 Control Rod Block Instrumentation SR 4.3.6 Each of the above required control rod block trip systems and instrumentation channels shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance ofthe

[CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST and CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations for the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS and at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.6-1. The provisions of Specification 4.0.4 arenot applicable for entry into OPERATIONAL CONDITION 2 from OPERATIONAL CONDITION 1 for the Source Range Monitors or the Intermediate Range Monitors.

Trip Function 1.a, Rod Block Monitor, Upscale: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 1.c, Rod Block Monitor, Downscale: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 3.b, Source Range Monitors, Upscale: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 3.d, Source Range Monitors, Downscale: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 4.b, Intermediate Range Monitor, Upscale: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 4.d, Intermediate Range Monitor, Downscale: CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 5.a, Scram Discharge Volume, Water Level - High (Float Switch): CHANNEL CALIBRATION only Trip Function 7, Reactor Mode Switch Shutdown Position: CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST only TS 3/4.3.7 Monitoring Instrumentation SR 4.3.7.1 Each of the above required radiation monitoring instrumentation channels shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations for the conditions and at the frequencies in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

Instrumentation 1, Control Room Ventilation Radiation Monitor Instrumentation 2.a.1, Area Monitors, Criticality Monitors, New Fuel Storage Vault Instrumentation 2.a.2, Area Monitors, Criticality Monitors, Spent Fuel Storage Pool Instrumentation 2.b, Area Monitors, Control Room Direct Radiation Monitor Instrumentation 3, Reactor Auxiliaries Cooling Radiation Monitor

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 9 of 29 Instrumentation 4, Safety Auxiliaries Cooling Radiation Monitor Instrumentation 5, Offgas Pre-treatment Radiation Monitor SR 4.3.7.4.3 Each required instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION at the frequency specified in the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

Instrument 4, Suppression Chamber Water Level Instrument 5, Suppression Chamber Water Temperature Instrument 6, RHR System Flow Instrument 7, Safety Auxiliaries Cooling System Flow Instrument 8, Safety Auxiliaries Cooling System Temperature Instrument 9, RCIC System Flow Instrument 10, RCIC Turbine Speed Instrument 11, RCIC Turbine Bearing Oil Pressure Low Indication Instrument 12, RCIC High Pressure/Low Pressure Turbine Bearing Temperature High Indication Instrument 13, Condensate Storage Tank Level Low-Low Indication SR 4.3.7.5 Each of the above required accident monitoring instrumentation channels shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by performance of the [CHANNEL CALIBRATION]

operations at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.7.5-1.

Instrument 3, Suppression Chamber Water Level Instrument 4, Suppression Chamber Water Temperature Instrument 7, Drywell Air Temperature Instrument 11, North Plant Vent Radiation Monitor Instrument 12, South Plant Vent Radiation Monitor Instrument 13, FRVS Vent Radiation Monitor Instrument 14, Primary Containment Isolation Valve Position Indication SR 4.3.7.6 Each of the above required source range monitor channels shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by:

a. Performance of a:
2. CHANNEL CALIBRATION in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

TS 3/4.3.9 Feedwater/Main Turbine Trip System Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.9.2 LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTS and simulated automatic operation of all channels shall be performed in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

Functional Unit 1, Reactor Vessel Water Level - High, Level 8 TS 3/4.3.10 Mechanical Vacuum Pump Trip Instrumentation SR 4.3.10 Each channel of the Main Steam Line Radiation - High, High function for the mechanical vacuum pump trip shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by:

c. Performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.
d. Performance of a LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, including mechanical vacuum pump trip breaker actuation, in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 10 of 29 TS 3/4.4.2 Safety Relief Valves SR 4.4.2.2 At least 1/2 of the safety relief valve pilot stage assemblies shall be removed, set pressure tested and reinstalled or replaced with spares that have been previously set pressure tested and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program, and they shall be rotated such that all 14 safety relief valve pilot stage assemblies are removed, set pressure tested and reinstalled or replaced with spares that have been previously set pressure tested and stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. All safety relief valves will be re-certified to meet a +/-1% tolerance prior to returning the valves to service after setpoint testing.

TS 3/4.4.3 Reactor Coolant Leakage System SR 4.4.3.1 The reactor coolant system leakage detection systems shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by:

a. Drywell atmosphere gaseous radioactivity monitoring system-performance of a [CHANNEL CALIBRATION] in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

SR 4.4.3.2.2 Each reactor coolant system pressure isolation valve specified in Table 3.4.3.2-1 shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by leak testing pursuant to the INSERVICE TESTING PROGRAM and verifying the leakage of each valve to be within the specified limit:

a. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

SR 4.4.3.2.3 The high/low pressure interface valve leakage pressure monitors shall be demonstrated OPERABLE with alarm setpoints per Table 3.4.3.2-2 by performance of a [CHANNEL CALIBRATION] at the frequencies specified in the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

TS 3/4.5.1 ECCS - Operating SR 4.5.1 The emergency core cooling systems shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by:

c. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program:
1. For the [HPCI system], performing a system functional test which includes simulated automatic actuation of the system throughout its emergency operating sequence and verifying that each automatic valve in the flow path actuates to its correct position. Actual injection of coolant into the reactor vessel may be excluded from this test.
2. For the HPCI system, verifying that:

b) The suction is automatically transferred from the condensate storage tank to the suppression chamber on a condensate storage tank water level - low signal and on a suppression chamber - water level high signal.

3. Performing a CHANNEL CALIBRATION of the CSS, and LPCI system discharge line "keep filled" alarm instrumentation.
4. Performing a CHANNEL CALIBRATION of the CSS header P instrumentation and verifying the setpoint to be the allowable value of 4.4 psid.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 11 of 29

5. Performing a CHANNEL CALIBRATION of the LPCI header P instrumentation and verifying the setpoint to be the allowable value of 1.0 psid.
d. For the ADS:
2. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program:

a) Performing a system functional test which includes simulated automatic actuation of the system throughout its emergency operating sequence, but excluding actual valve actuation.

b) Verify that when tested pursuant to the INSERVICE TESTING PROGRAM, that each ADS valve is capable of being opened.

TS 3/4.5.2 RPV Water Inventory Control SR 4.5.2.7 Verify each valve credited for automatically isolating a penetration flow path actuates to the isolation position on an actual or simulated isolation signal, in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

TS 3/4.6.1 Primary Containment SR 4.6.1.2

f. Main steam line isolation valves shall be leak tested at least once per 18 months.
g. Containment isolation valves which form the boundry for the long-term seal of the feedwater lines shall be hydrostatically tested at 1.10 Pa, 55.7 psig, at least once per 18 months.
h. All containment isolation valves in hydrostatically tested lines which penetrate the primary containment shall be leak tested at least once per 18 months.

TS 3/4.6.2 Depressurization Systems SR 4.6.2.1 The suppression chamber shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

e. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by a visual inspection of the accessible interior and exterior of the suppression chamber.
f. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by conducting a drywell-to-suppression chamber bypass leak test at an initial differential pressure of 0.80 psi and verifying that the differential pressure does not decrease by more than 0.24 inch of water per minute for a period of 10 minutes. If any drywell-to-suppression chamber bypass leak test fails to meet the specified limit, the test schedule for subsequent tests shall be reviewed and approved by the Commission. If two consecutive tests fail to meet the specified limit, a test shall be performed at least every 9 months until two consecutive tests meet the specified limit, at which time the Surveillance Frequency Control Program schedule may be resumed.

TS 3/4.6.3 Primary Containment Isolation Valves SR 4.6.3.4 In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program, verify that a representative sample of reactor instrumentation line excess flow check valves actuates to the isolation position on a simulated instrument line break signal.

SR 4.6.3.5 Each traversing in-core probe system explosive isolation valve shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

b. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by removing the explosive squib from at least one explosive valve, and initiating the explosive squib. The replacement charge for the exploded squib shall be from the same manufactured batch as the one fired or

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 12 of 29 from another batch which has been certified by having at least one of that batch successfully fired. No squib shall remain in use beyond the expiration of its shelf-life or operating life, as applicable.

TS 3/4.6.4 Vacuum Relief SR 4.6.4.1 Each suppression chamber - drywell vacuum breaker shall be:

b. Demonstrated OPERABLE:
2. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by verifying the opening setpoint of each vacuum breaker to be less than or equal to 0.20 psid.

SR 4.6.4.2 Each reactor building - suppression chamber vacuum breaker assembly shall be:

b. Demonstrated OPERABLE:
2. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:

a) Verifying the opening setpoint of each vacuum breaker assembly valve to be less than or equal to 0.25 psid.

TS 3/4.6.5.3 Filtration, Recirculation and Ventilation System (FRVS) - Ventilation Subsystem SR 4.6.5.3.1 Each of the two ventilation units shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

c. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program or upon determination that the HEPA filters or charcoal adsorbent could have been damaged by structural maintenance or adversely affected by any chemicals, fumes or foreign materials (1) after any structural maintenance on the HEPA filter or charcoal adsorber housings, or (2) following painting, fire or chemical release in any ventilation zone communicating with the subsystem by:
1. Verifying that the subsystem satisfies the in-place penetration testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05% and uses the test procedure guidance in Regulatory Positions C.5.a, C.5.c and C.5.d of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, and the system flow rates are 9,000 cfm +/- 10% for each FRVS ventilation unit.
2. Verifying within 31 days after removal from the FRVS ventilation units, that a laboratory test of a sample of the charcoal adsorber, when obtained in accordance with Regulatory Position C.6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, shows the methyl iodide penetration less than 5% when tested in accordance with ASTM D3803-1989 at a temperature of 30°C and a relative humidity 95%.
3. Verifying a subsystem flow rate of 9,000 cfm +/- 10% for each FRVS ventilation unit during system operation when tested in accordance with ANSI N510-1980.
e. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
1. Verifying that the pressure drop across the combined HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks is less than 5 inches Water Gauge in the ventilation unit while operating the filter train at a flow rate of 9,000 cfm

+/-10% for each FRVS ventilation unit.

TS 3/4.6.5.3 Filtration, Recirculation and Ventilation System (FRVS) - Recirculation Subsystem SR 4.6.5.3.2 Each of the six FRVS recirculation units shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

c. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program or upon determination that the HEPA filters could have been damaged by structural

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 13 of 29 maintenance or adversely affected by any foreign materials (1) after any structural maintenance on the HEPA filters or housings by:

1. Verifying that the subsystem satisfies the in-place penetration testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05% and uses the test procedure guidance in Regulatory Positions C.5.a and C.5.c of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, and the system flow rates are 30,000 cfm

+/-10% for each FRVS recirculation unit.

2. Verifying a subsystem flow rate of 30,000 cfm +/- 10% for each FRVS recirculation unit during system operation when tested in accordance with ANSI N510-1980.
e. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
1. Verifying that the pressure drop across the exhaust duct is less than 8 inches Water Gauge in the recirculation filter train while operating the filter train at a flow rate of 30,000 cfm +/- 10% for each FRVS recirculation unit.

TS 3/4.7.1 Service Water Systems SR 4.7.1.2 At least the above required station service water system loops shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

b. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program, by verifying that:
1. Each automatic valve servicing non-safety related equipment actuates to its isolation position on an isolation test signal.

TS 3/4.7.2 Control Room Systems SR 4.7.2.1.1 Each control room emergency filtration subsystem shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

c. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program or (1) after any structural maintenance on the HEPA filter or charcoal adsorber housings, or (2) following painting, fire or chemical release in any ventilation zone communicating with the subsystem filter train by:
1. Verifying that the subsystem satisfies the in-place penetration testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05% and uses the test procedure guidance in Regulatory Positions C.5.a, C.5.c and C.5.d of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, and the system filter train flow rate is 4000 cfm +/- 10%.
2. Verifying within 31 days after removal, that a laboratory test of a sample of the charcoal adsorber, when obtained in accordance with Regulatory Position C.6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, shows the methyl iodide penetration less than 0.5% when tested in accordance with ASTM D3803-1989 at a temperature of 30°C and a relative humidity 70%.
3. Verifying a subsystem filter train flow rate of 4000 cfm +/- 10% during subsystem operation when tested in accordance with ANSI N510-1980.
e. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
1. Verifying that the pressure drop across the combined HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks is less than 7.5 inches Water Gauge while operating the filter train subsystem at a flow rate of 4000 cfm +/- 10%.
4. Verifying that the heaters dissipate 13 +/- 1.3 Kw when tested in accordance with ANSI N510-1980 and verifying humidity is maintained

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 14 of 29 less than or equal to 70% humidity through the carbon adsorbers by performance of a channel calibration of the humidity control instrumentation.

SR 4.7.2.2 Each control room AC subsystem shall be demonstrated OPERABLE in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by verifying each subsystem has the capability to remove the assumed heat load.

TS 3/4.7.4 Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System SR 4.7.4 The RCIC system shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

c. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
1. Performing a system functional test which includes simulated automatic actuation and restart and verifying that each automatic valve in the flow path actuates to its correct position. Actual injection of coolant into the reactor vessel may be excluded.
3. Verifying that the suction for the RCIC system is automatically transferred from the condensate storage tank to the suppression pool on a condensate storage tank water level-low signal.

TS 3/4.7.7 Main Turbine Bypass System SR 4.7.7 The main turbine bypass system shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

b. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
1. Performing a system functional test which includes simulated automatic actuation and verifying that each automatic valve actuates to its correct position.
2. Demonstrating TURBINE BYPASS SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME meets the following requirements when measured from the initial movement of the main turbine stop or control valve:

a) 80% of turbine bypass system capacity shall be established in less than or equal to 0.3 second.

b) Bypass valve opening shall start in less than or equal to 0.1 second.

TS 3/4.8.1 A.C. Sources SR 4.8.1.1.2 Each of the above required diesel generators shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

k. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
1. Verifying the diesel generator operates for at least 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. During the first 22 hours2.546296e-4 days <br />0.00611 hours <br />3.637566e-5 weeks <br />8.371e-6 months <br /> of this test, the diesel generator shall be loaded to between 4000 and 4400 kW and during the remaining 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> of this test, the diesel generator shall be loaded to between 4652 and 4873 kW. The diesel generator shall achieve 3950 volts and 58.8 Hz in 10 seconds following receipt of the start signal and subsequently achieve steady state voltage 3828 and 4580 volts and frequency of 60 +/- 1.2 Hz.
2. Within 5 minutes after completing 4.8.1.1.2.k.1, verify each diesel generator starts and achieves 3950 volts and 58.8 Hz in 10 seconds after receipt of the start signal, and subsequently achieves steady state voltage 3828 and 4580 volts and frequency of 60 +/- 1.2 Hz.

-OR-Operate the diesel generator between 4000 kW and 4400 kW for two hours. Within 5 minutes of shutting down the diesel generator, verify each diesel generator starts and achieves 3950 volts and 58.8 Hz in 10

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 15 of 29 seconds after receipt of the start signal, and subsequently achieves steady state voltage 3828 and 4580 volts and frequency of 60 +/- 1.2 Hz. This test shall continue for at least five minutes.

TS 3/4.8.4 Electrical Equipment Protective Devices SR 4.8.4.1 Each of the primary containment penetration conductor overcurrent protective devices shown in Table 3.8.4.1-1 shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

a. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program:
2. By selecting and functionally testing a representative sample of at least 10% of each type of lower voltage circuit breakers. Circuit breakers selected for functional testing shall be selected on a rotating basis.

Testing of these circuit breakers shall consist of injecting a current with a value between 150% and 300% of the pickup of the long time delay trip element and verifying that the circuit breaker operates within the time delay bandwidth for that current specified by the manufacturer. The instantaneous element shall be tested by injecting a current in excess of 120% of the pickup value of the element and verifying that the circuit breaker trips instantaneously with no intentional time delay. Molded case circuit breaker testing shall also follow this procedure except that generally no more than two trip elements, time delay and instantaneous, will be involved. Circuit breakers found inoperable during functional testing shall be restored to OPERABLE status prior to resuming operation. For each circuit breaker found inoperable during these functional tests, an additional representative sample of at least 10% of all the circuit breakers of the inoperable type shall also be functionally tested until no more failures are found or all circuit breakers of that type have been functionally tested.

SR 4.8.4.2.1 The thermal overload protection bypass circuit for each of the above required MOVs shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

a. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by the performance of a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST for:
2. A representative sample of at least 25% of those thermal overload protection devices which are bypassed continuously and temporarily placed in force only when the MOVs are undergoing periodic or maintenance testing.
3. A representative sample of at least 25% of those thermal overload protection devices which are in force during normal manual (momentary push button contact) MOV operation and bypassed during remote manual (push button held depressed) MOV operation.

SR 4.8.4.4 The above specified RPS electric power monitoring channels shall be determined OPERABLE:

b. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by demonstrating the OPERABILITY of over-voltage, under-voltage, and underfrequency protective instrumentation by performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION including simulated automatic actuation of the protective relays, tripping logic and output circuit breakers and verifying the following setpoints.
1. Over-voltage 132 VAC, (Bus A), 132 VAC (Bus B)
2. Under-voltage 108 VAC, (Bus A), 108 VAC (Bus B)

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 16 of 29

3. Under-frequency 57 Hz. (Bus A and Bus B)

SR 4.8.4.6 The above specified power range NMS electric power monitoring channels shall be determined OPERABLE:

b. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by demonstrating the OPERABILITY of over-voltage, under-voltage, and underfrequency protective instrumentation by performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION including simulated automatic actuation of the protective relays, tripping logic and output circuit breakers and verifying the following setpoints.
1. Over-voltage 132 VAC (BUS A), 132 VAC (BUS B)
2. Under-voltage 108 VAC (BUS A), 108 VAC (BUS B)
3. Under-frequency 57 Hz. -0, +2%

3.1.1.3 Changes from 36-Months to 48-Months The following SR performance intervals are being revised from 36 months to 48 months:

TS 3/4.3.3 Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.3.1 Each ECCS actuation instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST and CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations for the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS and at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.3.1-1.

Trip Function 1.g, Core Spray System, Manual Initiation: CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST only Trip Function 2.f, Low Pressure Coolant Injection Mode of RHR System, Manual Initiation: CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST only Trip Function 5.a, Loss of Power, 4.16 kv Emergency Bus Under-voltage (Loss of Voltage): CHANNEL CALIBRATION only SR 4.3.3.2 LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTS and simulated automatic operation of all channels shall be performed in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

Trip Function 1.g, Core Spray System, Manual Initiation Trip Function 5.a, Loss of Power, 4.16 kv Emergency Bus Under-voltage (Loss of Voltage)

Trip Function 5.b, Loss of Power, 4.16 kv Emergency Bus Under-voltage (Degraded Voltage)

SR 4.3.3.3 The ECCS RESPONSE TIME of each ECCS trip function shall be demonstrated to be within the limit in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. ECCS actuation instrumentation is eliminated from response time testing.

UFSAR Table 7.3-17 Trip Function 1, Core Spray System UFSAR Table 7.3-17 Trip Function 2, Low Pressure Injection mode of RHR System UFSAR Table 7.3-17 Trip Function 4, High Pressure Coolant Injection System

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 17 of 29 TS 3/4.3.4 Recirculation Pump Trip Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.4.2.2 LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTS and simulated automatic operation of all channels shall be performed in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

TS 3/4.3.7 Monitoring Instrumentation SR 4.3.7.4.3 Each required instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION at the frequency specified in the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

Instrument 2, Reactor Water Vessel Level SR 4.3.7.5 Each of the above required accident monitoring instrumentation channels shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by performance of the [CHANNEL CALIBRATION]

operations at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.7.5-1.

Instrument 1, Reactor Vessel Pressure 3/4.3.9 Feedwater/Main Turbine Trip System Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.9.1 Each feedwater/main turbine trip system actuation instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations at the frequencies specified in the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

Functional Unit 1, Reactor Vessel Water Level - High, Level 8 TS 3/4.5.1 ECCS - Operating SR 4.5.1 The emergency core cooling systems shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by:

c. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program:
1. For the [CSS and LPCI systems], performing a system functional test which includes simulated automatic actuation of the system throughout its emergency operating sequence and verifying that each automatic valve in the flow path actuates to its correct position. Actual injection of coolant into the reactor vessel may be excluded from this test.
2. For the HPCI system, verifying that:

a) The system develops a flow of at least 5600 gpm against a test line pressure corresponding to a reactor vessel pressure of 200 psig, when steam is being supplied to the turbine at 200 + 15, -0 psig.

TS 3/4.7.1 Service Water Systems SR 4.7.1.1 At least the above required safety auxiliaries cooling system subsystems shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

b. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by verifying that:
2) Each pump starts automatically when its associated diesel generator automatically starts.

SR 4.7.1.2 At least the above required station service water system loops shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

b. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program, by verifying that:
2. Each pump starts automatically when its associated diesel generator automatically starts.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 18 of 29 TS 3/4.7.4 Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System SR 4.7.4 The RCIC system shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

c. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
2. Verifying that the system will develop a flow of greater than or equal to 600 gpm in the test flow path when steam is supplied to the turbine at a pressure of 150 + 15, - 0 psig.

TS 3/4.8.1 A.C. Sources SR 4.8.1.1.2 Each of the above required diesel generators shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

h. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program, during shutdown, by:
2. Verifying the diesel generator capability to reject a load of greater than or equal to that of the RHR pump motor for each diesel generator while maintaining voltage 3828 and 4580 volts and frequency at 60 +/- 1.2 Hz.
3. Verifying the diesel generator capability to reject a load of 4430 kW without tripping. The generator voltage shall not exceed 4785 volts during and following the load rejection.
4. Simulating a loss of offsite power by itself, and:

b) Verifying the diesel generator starts on the auto-start signal, energizes the emergency busses with permanently connected loads within 10 seconds after receipt of the start signal, energizes the autoconnected shutdown loads through the load sequencer and operates for greater than or equal to 5 minutes while its generator is loaded with the shutdown loads. After energization, the steady state voltage and frequency of the emergency busses shall be maintained 3828 and 4580 volts and 60 +/- 1.2 Hz during this test.

5. Verifying that on an ECCS actuation test signal, without loss of offsite power, the diesel generator starts on the auto-start signal and operates on standby for greater than or equal to 5 minutes. The diesel generator shall achieve 3950 volts and 58.8 Hz in 10 seconds following receipt of the start signal and subsequently achieve steady state voltage 3828 and 4580 volts and frequency of 60 +/- 1.2 Hz.
6. Simulating a loss of offsite power in conjunction with an ECCS actuation test signal, and:

b) Verifying the diesel generator starts on the auto-start signal, energizes the emergency busses with permanently connected loads within 10 seconds after receipt of the start signal, energizes the autoconnected shutdown loads through the load sequencer and operates for greater than or equal to 5 minutes while its generator is loaded with the emergency loads. After energization, the steady state voltage and frequency of the emergency busses shall be maintained 3828 and 4580 volts and 60 +/- 1.2 Hz during this test.

7. Verifying that all automatic diesel generator trips, except engine overspeed, generator differential current, generator overcurrent, bus differential current and low lube oil pressure are automatically bypassed upon loss of voltage on the emergency bus concurrent with an ECCS actuation signal.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 19 of 29

9. Verifying that the auto-connected loads to each diesel generator do not exceed the continuous rating of 4430 kW.
10. Verifying the diesel generator's capability to:

a) Synchronize with the offsite power source while the generator is loaded with its emergency loads upon a simulated restoration of offsite power, b) Transfer its loads to the offsite power source, c) Be restored to its standby status, and d) Diesel generator circuit breaker is open.

11. Verifying that with the diesel generator operating in a test mode and connected to its bus, a simulated ECCS actuation signal overrides the test mode by (1) returning the diesel generator to standby operation, and (2) automatically energizes the emergency loads with offsite power.

3.2 Reason for the Proposed Change The shift from an 18-month fuel cycle to a 24-month fuel cycle is a PSEG strategic initiative. It is expected to increase the HCGS capacity factor throughout the plant's operating life, and reduce cumulative radiological occupational exposure due to less frequent refueling outages.

Hope Creek has extended several 18-month surveillance frequencies to 36-month to promote outage efficiency by implementing channelized alternating outages through the SFCP. PSEG is proposing to extend these SR frequencies from 36 to 48 months consistent with the principles of GL91-04.

4.0 TECHNICAL EVALUATION

4.1 Generic Letter 91-04 Changes In NRC GL 91-04, the NRC provided generic guidance for evaluating a 24-month surveillance test interval for TS SRs that are currently performed at 18-month intervals. This section defines each step outlined by the NRC in the GL and provides a description of the methodology used by HCGS to complete the evaluation for each specific TS SR frequency being extended from 18 months to 24 months (and from 36 months to 48 months for those SRs that have previously been extended under the SFCP). The methodology utilized in the HCGS drift analysis, as summarized in Attachment 5, is similar to the methodology used for previous plant submittals, such as Fermi 2 Amendment 218 (Reference 5).

The proposed TS changes based on the GL have been divided into two categories. The categories are: (1) changes to surveillances other than channel calibrations, identified as Non-Calibration Changes; and (2) changes involving the channel calibration frequency identified as Calibration Changes. For each component having a surveillance interval extended, historical surveillance test data and associated maintenance records were reviewed in evaluating the effect on safety. In addition, the licensing basis was reviewed for functions associated with each revision to ensure it was not invalidated. Based on the results of these reviews, it is concluded that there is no adverse effect on plant safety due to increasing the surveillance test intervals from 18 months to 24 months, and from 36 months to 48 months that have previously been extended under the SFCP, with the continued application of SR 4.0.2, which allows a 25%

extension (i.e., 30 months interval for 24-month SRs and 60 months for 48-month SRs) to SR frequencies.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 20 of 29 4.1.1 Non-Calibration Changes GL 91-04 identifies three steps to evaluate non-calibration changes.

STEP 1: Licensees should evaluate the effect on safety of the change in surveillance intervals to accommodate a 24-month fuel cycle. This evaluation should support a conclusion that the effect on safety is small.

HCGS EVALUATION Although the preface of the review process refers to surveillances with an 18-month Frequency, this is pretextual rather than prescriptive, and equally applies to extend SRs with a 36-month Frequency. Each non-calibration SR frequency being changed has been evaluated with respect to the effect on plant safety. The methodology utilized to justify the conclusion that extending the testing interval has a minimal effect on safety was based on the fact that the function/feature is:

(1)

Tested on a more frequent basis during the operating cycle by other plant programs; (2)

Designed to have redundant counterparts or be single failure proof; or (3)

Highly reliable.

A summary of the evaluation of the effect on safety for each non-calibration SR Frequency being changed is presented in Attachment 3.

STEP 2: In addition, licensees should confirm that historical plant maintenance and surveillance data do not invalidate this conclusion.

HCGS EVALUATION The surveillance test history of the affected SRs has been evaluated. This evaluation consisted of a review of available surveillance test results and associated maintenance records for at least five cycles of operation for 18-month to 24-month extensions, and two cycles of operation for 36-month to 48-month extensions. The evaluation included extension of current 18-month frequencies for online testing that is not normally needed to be credited. With the extension of the testing frequency to 24 and 48 months, there will be a longer period between each surveillance performance. If a failure that results in the loss of the associated safety function should occur during the operating cycle, and would only be detected by the performance of the 18-month or 36-month TS SR, then the increase in the surveillance testing interval could reduce the associated function availability. In addition to evaluating these surveillance failures, potential common failures of similar components tested by different surveillances were also evaluated.

This additional evaluation determined whether there is evidence of repetitive failures among similar plant components. These common component failures have been further evaluated to determine if there was an impact on plant reliability. The evaluation determined that current plant programs are adequate to ensure system reliability. The surveillance failures exclude failures that:

(a)

Did not impact a TS safety function or TS operability;

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 21 of 29 (b)

Are detectable by required testing performed more frequently than the 18-month (or 36-month) surveillance being extended; or (c)

The cause can be attributed to an associated event such as a preventative maintenance task, human error, previous modification, or previously existing design deficiency; or that were subsequently re-performed successfully with no intervening corrective maintenance (e.g., plant conditions or malfunctioning measurement and test equipment may have caused aborting the test performance).

These categories of failures are not related to potential unavailability due to testing interval extension, and are therefore not listed or further evaluated in this submittal. This review of surveillance test history validated the conclusion that the impact, if any, on system availability will be minimal as a result of the change to a 24-month and 48-month testing frequency. Specific SR test failures, and justification for this conclusion, are discussed in Attachment 3.1 STEP 3: Licensees should confirm that the performance of surveillances at the bounding surveillance interval limit provided to accommodate a 24-month fuel cycle would not invalidate any assumption in the plant licensing basis.

HCGS EVALUATION As part of the evaluation of each affected SR, the impact of the changes against the assumptions in the HCGS licensing basis were reviewed. In general, testing interval changes have no impact on the plant licensing basis. In some cases, the change to a 24-month fuel cycle may require a change to licensing basis information as described in the Updated Final Safety Analysis Report (UFSAR). However, no changes requiring NRC review and approval have been identified. Therefore, the UFSAR changes associated with fuel cycle extension to 24 months will be drafted in accordance with HCGS procedures and will be submitted in accordance with 10 CFR 50.71(e).

If the proposed SR interval changes were to lead to degrading performance, PSEG would address such degradation as a routine part of Maintenance Rule Program evaluations or, in some cases, evaluations conducted under the surveillance frequency control program (SFCP). Systems and functions included in the scope of the Maintenance Rule are monitored under the Maintenance Rule program. Component and/or train level monitoring is required for high risk SSCs associated with surveillance frequencies that have been extended using the SFCP. If component and/or train monitoring is not already performed as part of the Maintenance Rule performance monitoring for SSCs affected by a SFCP surveillance frequency change, additional monitoring is required under the HCGS SFCP.

4.1.2 Calibration Changes GL 91-04 identifies seven steps for the evaluation of instrumentation calibration changes.

STEP 1: Confirm that instrument drift as determined by as-found and as-left calibration data 1 For SR 4.4.2.2, a technical variation is being taken to this step in GL-91-04. This is described in, Section 2.3.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 22 of 29 from surveillance and maintenance records has not, except on rare occasions, exceeded acceptable limits for a calibration interval.

HCGS EVALUATION The effect of the proposed calibration SR interval changes on the associated TS instrumentation was evaluated by performing a review of the SR test history for the affected instrumentation including where appropriate, an instrument drift study. In performing the historical evaluation, the recorded channel calibration data for associated instruments for at least five operating cycles were retrieved for the 18-month SR extensions. For the 36-month extensions, two operating cycles were retrieved. By obtaining this past recorded calibration data, an acceptable basis for drawing conclusions about the expectation of satisfactory performance can be made.2 The Surveillance Failure Analysis identified no SR failures that would call into question the acceptability of the proposed extension of surveillance intervals. Furthermore, the drift evaluations for the Calibration SRs do not result in any changes to TS Allowable Values (AV).

STEP 2: Confirm that the values of drift for each instrument type (make, model, and range) and application have been determined with a high probability and a high degree of confidence. Provide a summary of the methodology and assumptions used to determine the rate of instrument drift with time based upon historical plant calibration data.

HCGS EVALUATION A listing of the instrument make, model, and range affected by this submittal is provided in Attachment 4 to this Enclosure. The effect of longer calibration intervals on the TS instrumentation was evaluated by performing an instrument drift study. By obtaining past recorded calibration data, analyses were performed to determine a statistically valid representation of instrument drift.

The methodology used to perform the drift analysis is consistent with the methodology utilized by other utilities requesting transition to a 24-month fuel cycle. The methodology is also based on Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) TR-103335, "Statistical Analysis of Instrument Calibration Data," and is summarized in Attachment 5.

STEP 3: Confirm that the magnitude of instrument drift has been determined with a high probability and a high degree of confidence for a bounding calibration interval of 30 months for each instrument type (make, model number, and range) and application that performs a safety function. Provide a list of the channels by TS section that identifies these instrument applications.

HCGS EVALUATION In accordance with the methodology described in Attachment 5, the magnitude of instrument drift has been determined with a high probability and a high degree of confidence (typically 95/95) for a bounding calibration interval of 30 months for the 2 For SR 4.3.7.5, Instrument 14, a technical variation is being taken to this step in GL-91-04. This is described in Attachment 3, Section 2.3.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 23 of 29 18-month extensions (and 60-months for the 36-month extensions) for each instrument make, model, and range. For instruments not in service long enough to establish a projected drift value, or where an insufficient number of calibrations have been performed to utilize the statistical methods (i.e., fewer than 30 calibrations for any given group of instruments), the proposed allowance to apply 1.25 grace to SRs with frequency of 24 months is based on justification obtained from analysis using the method presented in Attachment 5. The list of affected channels by TS section, including instrument make, model, and range, is provided in Attachment 4.

STEP 4: Confirm that a comparison of the projected instrument drift errors has been made with the values of drift used in the setpoint analysis. If this results in revised setpoints to accommodate larger drift errors, provide proposed TS changes to update trip setpoints. If the drift errors result in revised safety analysis to support existing setpoints, provide a summary of the updated analysis conclusions to confirm that safety limits and safety analysis assumptions are not exceeded.

HCGS EVALUATION The projected 30-month (and 60-month) drift values were compared to the design allowances as calculated in the associated instrument setpoint analyses. Required changes in drift values were incorporated into the setpoint calculations, and the analysis of the setpoint, Allowable Value, and/or analytical limit was reviewed. No changes to any TS setpoints or Allowable Values were required. No safety analysis revisions were required to support the existing TS setpoints.

STEP 5: Confirm that the projected instrument errors caused by drift are acceptable for control of plant parameters to effect a safe shutdown with the associated instrumentation.

HCGS EVALUATION discusses the evaluation of impact of drift on instrument setpoint and uncertainty calculations associated with increasing the calibration interval from 18 to 24 months (and 36 to 48 months). This evaluation includes instrumentation used for safe shutdown. The revised setpoint and uncertainty calculations change calibration information if needed to accommodate 24-month and 48-month calibration intervals. The changes in calibration information provide assurance that the instrumentation will perform with the required accuracy to effect a safe shutdown. The calibration information is implemented through plant calibration procedures.

STEP 6: Confirm that all conditions and assumptions of the setpoint and safety analyses have been checked and are appropriately reflected in the acceptance criteria of plant surveillance procedures for channel checks, channel functional tests, and channel calibrations.

HCGS EVALUATION The revised setpoint and uncertainty calculations result in changes to calibration information which are implemented through plant calibration procedures. The affected calibration surveillance procedures will be revised as part of implementation, prior to the first 24-month (or 48-month) cycle of operation. Existing plant processes ensure that the

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 24 of 29 conditions and assumptions of the setpoint and safety analyses have been checked and are appropriately reflected in the acceptance criteria of plant surveillance procedures for channel checks, channel functional tests and channel calibrations.

STEP 7: Provide a summary description of the program for monitoring and assessing the effects of increased calibration surveillance intervals on instrument drift and its effect on safety.

HCGS EVALUATION Instruments with TS calibration SR intervals extended to 24 months (and 48 months) will be monitored and trended in accordance with station procedures including recording of as-found and as-left calibration data.

As required by plant procedures, out of tolerance conditions are entered into the corrective action program. This approach will identify occurrences of instruments found outside of their Allowable Value and instruments whose performance is not as assumed in the drift or setpoint analysis. When the as found conditions are outside the Allowable Value, an evaluation will be performed in accordance within corrective action program to evaluate the effect, if any, on plant safety.

5.0 REGULATORY EVALUATION

NRC GL 91-04 provides generic guidance for evaluating surveillance test intervals for TS SRs to support a 24 month fuel cycle. This request for a license amendment provides the HCGS specific evaluation of each step outlined by the NRC in GL 91-04 and provides a description of the methodology used by PSEG to complete the evaluation for each specific TS SR being revised. PSEG has determined that the proposed changes do not require any exemptions or relief from regulatory requirements, other than the TS. The proposed changes do not affect conformance with any GDC described in the HCGS UFSAR as discussed below.

5.1 Applicable Regulatory Requirements/Criteria 5.1.1 10 CFR 50.36 10 CFR 50.36, Technical Specifications, defines the content required in licensee TS.

Specifically, 10 CFR 50.36(c)(3) requires that the TS include SRs relating to test, calibration, or inspection to assure that the necessary quality of systems and components is maintained, that facility operation will be within safety limits, and that the limiting conditions for operation will be met. The proposed changes increase SR intervals from 18 to 24 months (and in certain cases 36 months to 48 months). No SRs are eliminated by the proposed changes. The proposed SR interval changes have been evaluated using the guidance provided by GL 91-04. Based on this evaluation, the proposed SR interval changes continue to support compliance with 10 CFR 50.36(c)(3).

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 25 of 29 5.1.2 Applicable 10 CFR 50 Appendix A - General Design Criteria Criterion 18 Inspection and testing of electric power systems. Electric power systems important to safety shall be designed to permit appropriate periodic inspection and testing of important areas and features, such as wiring, insulation, connections, and switchboards, to assess the continuity of the systems and the condition of their components. The systems shall be designed with a capability to test periodically (1) the operability and functional performance of the components of the systems, such as onsite power sources, relays, switches, and buses, and (2) the operability of the systems as a whole and, under conditions as close to design as practical, the full operation sequence that brings the systems into operation, including operation of applicable portions of the protection system, and the transfer of power among the nuclear power unit, the offsite power system, and the onsite power system.

The proposed changes to SR intervals have no impact on the physical configuration, design, function, or capability to test electric power systems. Therefore, HCGS conformance to Criterion 18 is unaffected by the proposed changes.

Criterion 37 Testing of emergency core cooling system. The emergency core cooling system shall be designed to permit appropriate periodic pressure and functional testing to assure (1) the structural and leaktight integrity of its components, (2) the operability and performance of the active components of the system, and (3) the operability of the system as a whole and, under conditions as close to design as practical, the performance of the full operational sequence that brings the system into operation, including operation of applicable portions of the protection system, the transfer between normal and emergency power sources, and the operation of the associated cooling water system.

The proposed changes to SR intervals have no impact on the physical configuration, design, function, or capability to test emergency core cooling systems. Therefore, HCGS conformance to Criterion 37 is unaffected by the proposed changes.

Criterion 40 Testing of containment heat removal system. The containment heat removal system shall be designed to permit appropriate periodic pressure and functional testing to assure (1) the structural and leak-tight integrity of its components, (2) the operability and performance of the active components of the system, and (3) the operability of the system as a whole, and under conditions as close to the design as practical the performance of the full operational sequence that brings the system into operation, including operation of applicable portions of the protection system, the transfer between normal and emergency power sources, and the operation of the associated cooling water system.

The proposed changes to SR intervals have no impact on the physical configuration, design, function, or capability to test containment heat removal systems. Therefore, HCGS conformance to Criterion 40 is unaffected by the proposed changes.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 26 of 29 Criterion 43 Testing of containment atmosphere cleanup systems. The containment atmosphere cleanup systems shall be designed to permit appropriate periodic pressure and functional testing to assure (1) the structural and leaktight integrity of its components, (2) the operability and performance of the active components of the systems such as fans, filters, dampers, pumps, and valves and (3) the operability of the systems as a whole and, under conditions as close to design as practical, the performance of the full operational sequence that brings the systems into operation, including operation of applicable portions of the protection system, the transfer between normal and emergency power sources, and the operation of associated systems.

The proposed changes to intervals have no impact on the physical configuration, design, function, or capability to test containment atmosphere cleanup systems. Therefore, HCGS conformance to Criterion 43 is unaffected by the proposed changes.

Criterion 46 Testing of cooling water system. The cooling water system shall be designed to permit appropriate periodic pressure and functional testing to assure (1) the structural and leak-tight integrity of its components, (2) the operability and the performance of the active components of the system, and (3) the operability of the system as a whole and, under conditions as close to design as practical, the performance of the full operational sequence that brings the system into operation for reactor shutdown and for loss-of-coolant accidents, including operation of applicable portions of the protection system and the transfer between normal and emergency power sources.

The proposed changes to SR intervals have no impact on the physical configuration, design, function, or capability to test cooling water systems. Therefore, HCGS conformance to Criterion 46 is unaffected by the proposed changes.

5.2 Precedents NRC GL 91-04 provides generic guidance for evaluating SR interval changes from 18 to 24 months. GL 91-04 identifies specific considerations to be addressed in applications to change SR intervals in support of a 24MFC. The methodology and approach taken by PSEG in addressing the GL 91-04 considerations after adoption of a SFCP is consistent with that used to support previous 24MFC license amendments. Specifically:

1.

Fermi 2, Amendment 218, dated February 24, 2021 (Reference 5)

2.

Prairie Island Nuclear Generating Plant, Units 1 and 2, Amendments 239 and 237, dated July 28, 2022 (Reference 4) 5.3 No Significant Hazards Consideration Analysis PSEG is requesting an amendment of the Operating License for HCGS to revise TS surveillance and testing requirements to accommodate a 24-month fuel cycle. PSEG has evaluated whether or not a significant hazards consideration is involved with the proposed amendment by focusing on the three standards set forth in 10 CFR 50.92, "Issuance of amendment," as discussed below:

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 27 of 29

1.

Do the proposed amendments involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated?

Response: No.

The proposed TS changes involve a change in the surveillance testing intervals to facilitate a change in the operating cycle length. The proposed TS changes do not physically impact the plant. The proposed TS changes do not degrade the performance of, or increase the challenges to, any safety systems assumed to function in the accident analysis.

The proposed TS changes do not impact the usefulness of the surveillance and testing requirements in evaluating the operability of required systems and components, or the way in which the surveillances are performed. In addition, the frequency of surveillance testing is not considered initiators of any analyzed accident, nor do revisions to the frequency introduce any accident initiators. Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant increase in the probability of an accident previously evaluated.

The consequences of a previously evaluated accident are not significantly increased.

The proposed changes to surveillance frequencies do not affect the performance of any equipment credited to mitigate the radiological consequences of an accident. Evaluation of the proposed TS changes demonstrated that the availability of credited equipment is not significantly affected because of other more frequent testing that is performed, the availability of redundant systems and equipment, and the high reliability of the equipment. Historical review of surveillance test results and associated maintenance records did not find evidence of failures that would invalidate the above conclusions.

Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant increase in the probability or consequences of an accident previously evaluated.

2.

Do the proposed changes create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any accident previously evaluated?

Response: No.

The proposed TS changes involve a change in the surveillance testing intervals to facilitate a change in the operating cycle length. The proposed TS changes do not introduce any failure mechanisms of a different type than those previously evaluated, since there are no physical configuration or design changes being made to the facility.

No new or different equipment is being installed. No installed equipment is being operated in a different manner. As a result, no new failure modes are being introduced.

Therefore, the proposed change does not create the possibility of a new or different kind of accident from any previously evaluated.

3.

Do the proposed changes involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety?

Response: No.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 28 of 29 The proposed TS changes involve a change in the surveillance testing intervals to facilitate a change in the operating cycle length. The impact of these changes on system availability is not significant, based on other more frequent testing that is performed, the existence of redundant systems and equipment, and overall system reliability.

The proposed changes do not significantly impact the condition or performance of structures, systems, and components relied upon for accident mitigation. The proposed changes do not result in any hardware changes or in any changes to the analytical limits assumed in accident analyses. Existing operating margin between plant conditions and actual plant setpoints is not significantly reduced due to these changes. The proposed changes do not significantly impact any safety analysis assumptions or results.

Therefore, the proposed change does not involve a significant reduction in a margin of safety.

==

Conclusion:==

In conclusion, based on the considerations discussed above, (1) there is reasonable assurance that the health and safety of the public will not be endangered by operation in the proposed manner, (2) such activities will be conducted in compliance with the Commissions regulations, and (3) the issuance of the amendment will not be inimical to the common defense and security or to the health and safety of the public.

6.0 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATION

A review has determined that the proposed amendment would change a requirement with respect to installation or use of a facility component located within the restricted area, as defined in 10 CFR 20, or would change an inspection or surveillance requirement. The proposed amendment does not involve (i) a significant hazards consideration, (ii) a significant change in the types or significant increase in the amounts of any effluent that may be released offsite, or (iii) a significant increase in individual or cumulative occupational radiation exposure.

Accordingly, the proposed amendment meets the eligibility criterion for categorical exclusion set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9). Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need be prepared in connection with the proposed amendment.

7.0 REFERENCES

1. Letter from NRC to Thomas Joyce, Hope Creek Generating Station - Issuance of Amendment RE: Relocation of Specific Surveillance Frequencies to a Licensee-Controlled Program Based On Technical Specifications Task Force (TSTF) Change TSTF-425 (TAC No. ME3545), dated February 25, 2011 [ML103410243]
2. NRC Generic Letter 91-04, Changes in Technical Specification Surveillance Intervals to Accommodate a 24-Month Fuel Cycle, dated April 2, 1991
3. PSEG letter to NRC, "Application for Technical Specification Change Regarding Risk-Informed Justification for the Relocation of Specific Surveillance Frequency Requirements to a Licensee Controlled Program, dated March 19, 2010

[ML100900224]

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 29 of 29

4. Letter from NRC to Christopher Domingos, Prairie Island Nuclear Generating Plant, Units 1 and 2 - Issuance of Amendments 239 and 227 Re: 24-Month Operating Cycle (EPID L-2021-LLA-0146), dated July 28, 2022 [ML22166A389]
5. Letter from NRC to Peter Dietrich, Fermi 2 - Issuance of Amendment No. 218 -

Revision to Technical Specifications to Change Certain Surveillance Intervals to Accommodate a 24-Month Fuel Cycle (EPID L-2019-LLA-0249), dated February 24, 2021 [ML20358A155]

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Mark-up of the Current Hope Creek Generating Station Facility Operating License Pages The following pages for Renewed Facility Operating License (RFOL) NPF-57 are affected by this change request:

RFOL Page C.(29) 16 TS Table 1.1 1-10 SR 4.6.1.2.f, g & h 3/4 6-4 6.16d 6-27 Prior NRC approval, under 10 CFR 50.90, is required for a change to the categorization process specified above (e.g., change from the alternate seismic approach (referenced above) to a seismic probabilistic risk assessment approach).

D.

The facility requires exemptions from certain requirements of 10 CFR Part 50 and 10 CFR Part 70. An exemption from the criticality alarm requirements of 10 CFR 70.24 was granted in Special Nuclear Material License No. 1953, dated August 21, 1985. This exemption is described in Section 9.1 of Supplement No. 5 to the SER. This previously granted exemption is continued in this renewed operating license. An exemption from certain requirements of Appendix A to 10 CFR Part 50, is described in Supplement No. 5 to the SER.

This exemption is a schedular exemption to the requirements of General Design Criterion 64, permitting delaying functionality of the Turbine Building Circulating Water System-Radiation Monitoring System until 5 percent power for local indication, and until 120 days after fuel load for control room indication (Appendix R of SSER 5). Exemptions from certain requirements of Appendix J to 10 CFR Part 50, are described in Supplement No. 5 to the SER. These include an exemption from the requirement of Appendix J, exempting main steam isolation valve leak-rate testing at 1.10 Pa (Section 6.2.6 of SSER 5); an exemption from Appendix J, exempting Type C testing on traversing incore probe system shear valves (Section 6.2.6 of SSER 5); an exemption from Appendix J, exempting Type C testing for instrument lines and lines containing excess flow check valves (Section 6.2.6 of SSER 5); and an exemption from Appendix J, exempting Type C testing of thermal relief valves (Section 6.2.6 of SSER 5).

These exemptions are authorized by law, will not present an undue risk to the public health and safety, and are consistent with the common defense and security. These exemptions are hereby granted. The special circumstances regarding each exemption are identified in the referenced section of the safety evaluation report and the supplements thereto. These exemptions are granted pursuant to 10 CFR 50.12. With these exemptions, the facility will operate, to the extent authorized herein, in conformity with the application, as amended, the provisions of the Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission.

E.

The licensee shall fully implement and maintain in effect all provisions of the Commission-approved physical security, training and qualification, and safeguards contingency plans including amendments made pursuant to provisions of the Miscellaneous Amendments and Search Requirements revisions to 10 CFR 73.55 (51 FR 27817 and 27822) and to the authority of 10 CFR 50.90 and 10 CFR 50.54(p). The plans, submitted by letter dated May 19, 2006 are entitled: Salem-Hope Creek Nuclear Generating Station Security Training and Qualification Plan, and Salem-Hope Creek Nuclear Generating Station Security Contingency Plan. The plans contain Safeguards Information protected under 10 CFR 73.21.

Renewed License No. NPF-57 Amendment No. 224 (29) 24 Month Fuel Cycle Exception to Surveillance Frequency Control Program The 24 Month Fuel Cycle-related Surveillance Requirement Frequency changes approved by the NRC in License Amendment xxx are not subject to the Surveillance Frequency Control Program (SFCP) requirements on a one-time extension basis. Subsequent extensions are subject to the SFCP requirements specified in the Technical Specifications.

NOTATION s

0 w

M Q

SA A

R SIU p

z N.A.

HOPE CREEK TABLE 1.1 SURVEILLANCE FREQUENCY NOTATION FREQUENCY At least once per 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

At least once per 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />.

At least once per 7 days.

At least once per 31 days.

At least once per 92 days.

At least once per 184 days.

At least once per 366 days.

At least once per 18 months (550 days).

Prior to each reactor startup.

Prior to each radioactive release.

Our;ng startup, prior to exceeding 30%

of RATED THERMAL POWER, ff not performed w;thfn the previous 7 days Not applicable.

1*10 Amendment No.

18 AUG 2 9 1988 24 731

CONTAINMENT SYSTEMS

_)

SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

/

d.

DELETED.

e.

DELETED.

f.

Main steam line isolation valves shall be leak tested at least once per 18 months.

g.

Containment isolation valves which form the boundry for the long-term seal of the feedwater lines shall be hydrostatically tested at 1.10 Pa, 55.7 psig, at least once per 18 months.

h.

All containment isolation valves in hydrostatically tested lines which penetrate the primary containment shall be leak tested at least once per 18 months.

i.

DELETED.

j.

DELETED.

HOPE CREEK 3/4 6-4 Amendment No. 174 24

ADMINISTRA.TIVE CONTROLS 6.16 CONTROL ROOM ENVELOPE HABITABILITY PROGR.ZIJ1 (Continued)

d.

Measurement, at designated locations, of the ~RE. pressure relative to all external areas adjacent to the CRE boundary during the pressurization mode of ~peration by one train of the Control Room Emeigency Filtration System, operating at the flow rate rcq~ired by Surveillance Requirement 4.7.2.1.c.1, at* a Frequency of 36 months on a STAGGERED TEST BASIS. The results shall be trended und used as part of the*36 month assessment of the CRE boundary.

e.

The quantitative limits on unfiltered air inleakage into the CRE.

These limits shall be stated in a manner to allow direct comparison to the unfiltered air inleakage measured by the testing described in paragraph c. The unfiltered air inleakage limit for radiological challenges is the inleakage flow rate assumed in the licensing basis analyses of DBA ~onsequences. Unfiltered air inleakage limits for hazardous chemicals must ensure that exposure of CRE occupants to these hazards will be within the assumptions in the licensing basis.

f.

The provisions of Specification 4.0.2 are applicable.to the Frequencies for assessing CRE habitability, determining CRE unfiltered inleakage, and measuring CRE pressure and assessing the CRE boundary as required by paragraphs c and d,* respectively.

HOPE CREEK 6-27 Amendment No. 173 48 LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Technical Specification Bases Changes (one total page)

3/4.0 APPLICABILITY BASES (Con't)

Specification 4.0.2 establishes the limit for which the specified time interval for Surveillance Requirements may be extended. It permits an allowable extension of the normal surveillance interval to facilitate surveillance scheduling and consideration of plant operating conditions that may not be suitable for conducting the surveillance; e.g., transient conditions or other ongoing surveillance or maintenance activities. It also provides flexibility to accommodate the length of a fuel cycle for surveillances that are performed at each refueling outage and are specified with an 18-month surveillance interval. It is not intended that this provision be used repeatedly to extend surveillance intervals beyond that specified for surveillances that are not performed during refueling outages. The limitation of Specification 4.0.2 is based on engineering judgment and the recognition that the most probable result of any particular surveillance being performed is the verification of conformance with the Surveillance Requirements. This provision is sufficient to ensure that the reliability ensured through surveillance activities is not significantly degraded beyond that obtained from the specified surveillance interval.

Specification 4.0.3 establishes the flexibility to defer declaring affected equipment inoperable, or an affected variable outside the specified limits, when a Surveillance has not been performed within the specified frequency. A delay period of up to 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or up to the limit of the specified frequency, whichever is greater, applies from the point in time that it is discovered that the Surveillance has not been performed in accordance with TS 4.0.2, and not at the time that the specified frequency was not met.

This delay period provides adequate time to perform Surveillances that have been missed. This delay period permits the performance of a Surveillance before complying with Required Actions or other remedial measures that might preclude performance of the Surveillance.

The basis for this delay period includes consideration of unit conditions, adequate planning, availability of personnel, the time required to perform the Surveillance, the safety significance of the delay in completing the required Surveillance, and the recognition that the most probable result of any particular Surveillance being performed is the verification of conformance with the requirements.

When a Surveillance with a frequency based not on time intervals, but upon specified unit conditions, operating situations, or requirements of regulations (e.g., prior to entering Mode 1 after each fuel loading, or in accordance with 10CFR50 Appendix J, as modified by approved exemptions, etc.) is discovered not to have been performed when specified, SR 4.0.3 allows the full delay period of up to the specified Frequency to perform the Surveillance. However, since there is not a time interval specified, the missed Surveillance should be performed at the first reasonable opportunity. SR 4.0.3 also provides a time limit for, and allowances for the performance of, Surveillances that become applicable as a consequence of MODE changes imposed by Required Actions.

SR 4.0.3 is only applicable if there is a reasonable expectation the associated equipment is OPERABLE or that variables are within limits, and it is expected that the Surveillance will be met when performed. Many factors should be considered, such as the period of time since the Surveillance was last performed, or whether the Surveillance, or a portion thereof, has ever been performed, and any other indications, tests, or activities that might support the expectation that the Surveillance will be met when performed. An example of the use of SR 4.0.3 would be a relay contact that was not tested as required in accordance with a particular SR, but previous successful performances of the SR included the relay contact; the adjacent, physically connected relay contacts were tested during the SR performance; the subject relay contact has been tested by another SR; or historical operation of the subject relay contact has been successful. It is not sufficient to infer the behavior of the associated equipment from the performance of similar equipment. The rigor of determining whether there is a reasonable expectation a Surveillance will be met when performed should increase based on the length of time since the last performance of the Surveillance. If the Surveillance has been performed recently, a review of the Surveillance history and equipment performance may be sufficient to support a reasonable expectation that the Surveillance will be met when performed. For Surveillances that have not been performed for a long period or that have never been performed, a rigorous evaluation based on objective evidence should provide a high degree of confidence that the equipment is OPERABLE. The evaluation should be documented in sufficient detail to allow a knowledgeable individual to understand the basis for the determination.

HOPE CREEK B 3/4 0-8 Amendment No. 214 (PSEG Issued)

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 1 of 70 GL 91-04 Evaluation

1.

BACKGROUND Technical Specification (TS) Surveillance Requirement (SR) Frequency changes are required to accommodate a 24-month fuel cycle for Hope Creek Generating Station (HCGS). PSEG Nuclear LLC (PSEG) is proposing changes in this submittal that were evaluated in accordance with the guidance provided in Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Generic Letter (GL) 91-04, "Changes in Technical Specification Surveillance Intervals to Accommodate a 24-Month Fuel Cycle," dated April 2, 1991. GL 91-04 provides NRC Staff guidance that identifies the types of information that must be addressed when proposing extensions of TS SR Frequency intervals from 18 months to 24 months.

Historical surveillance test data and associated maintenance records were reviewed in evaluating the effect of these changes on safety. In addition, the licensing basis was reviewed to ensure it was not invalidated. Based on the results of these reviews, it is concluded that there is no adverse effect on plant safety due to increasing the surveillance test intervals from 18 to 24 months with the continued application of the 25% grace period allowed by SR 4.0.2. Similarly, the GL 91-04 process was used to evaluate certain SRs with Frequencies that had already been extended to 36 months under the SFCP, but now seek extension to 48 months. The selected 36-month SR Frequency extensions are a small subset of the overall population of 36-month SRs, but are necessary to support the continuance of channelized outages.

GL 91-04 addressed steam generator inspections, which are not applicable to HCGS, and are therefore not discussed in this submittal. Additionally, the GL addressed interval extensions to leak rate testing pursuant to 10 CFR Part 50, Appendix J, "Primary Reactor Containment Leakage Testing for Water-Cooled Power Reactors." This is also not discussed in this submittal because PSEG has adopted 10 CFR 50, Appendix J, Option B, as implemented by TS 6.8.4.f, "Primary Containment Leakage Rate Testing Program," which negates the need for 10 CFR 50 Appendix J exemptions.

2.

EVALUATION In GL 91-04, the NRC provided generic guidance for evaluating a 24-month surveillance test interval for TS SRs. The submittal Enclosure defines each step outlined by the NRC in GL 91-04, and provides a description of the methodology used by PSEG to complete the evaluation for each specific TS SR line item. The methodology utilized in the HCGS drift analysis is similar to the methodology used for previous plant submittals such as the Fermi 2 submittal. There have been minor revisions incorporated into the HCGS drift design guide based on NRC comments or Requests for Additional Information from previous 24-month fuel cycle extension submittals; e.g., PSEG added the requirement that 30 samples were generally required to produce a statistically significant sample set.

For the identified surveillances being extended from 18-months to 24-months, at least five operating cycles of SR performances were retrieved. These were generally performed between the Fall 2013 Refueling Outage and the Fall 2022 Refueling Outage.1 It has been concluded, 1 For SR 4.3.7.5, Instrument 14, a technical variation is taken from GL 91-04. Refer to Section 2.3.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 2 of 70 based on engineering judgment, that three 30-month periods provide adequate performance test history. For each of the identified surveillances being extended from 36-months to 48-months, at least two operating cycles SR performances were retrieved. These were generally performed during the Spring 2021 Refueling Outage and the Spring 2024 Refueling Outage. It has been concluded, based on engineering judgment, that two 36-month periods provide adequate performance test history.

In addition to evaluating the historical drift associated with current 18-month and 36-month calibrations, the failure history of each 18-month and 36-month surveillance was also evaluated.

With the extension of the testing frequency to 24 months, there will be a longer period between each surveillance performance. If a failure that results in the loss of the associated safety function should occur during the operating cycle that would only be detected by the performance of the 18-month TS SR, then the increase in the surveillance testing interval might result in a decrease in the associated function's availability. Furthermore, potential common failures of similar components tested by different surveillances were also evaluated. This additional evaluation determined whether there is evidence of repetitive failures among similar plant components.

The surveillance failures detailed with each SR exclude failures that:

(a) Did not impact a TS safety function or TS operability; (b) Are detectable by required testing performed more frequently than the 18-month surveillance being extended; or (c) The cause can be attributed to an associated event such as a preventative maintenance task, human error, previous modification or previously existing design deficiency, or that were subsequently re-performed successfully with no intervening corrective maintenance (e.g., plant conditions or malfunctioning measurement and test equipment may have caused aborting the test performance).

These categories of failures are not related to potential unavailability due to testing interval extension, and are therefore not listed or further evaluated in this submittal.

The following sections summarize the results of the failure history evaluation. The evaluation confirmed that the impact on system availability, if any, would be small as a result of the change to a 24-month (or 48-month) testing frequency, as applicable.

The proposed TS changes related to GL 91-04 test interval extensions have been divided into two categories. The categories are: (A) changes to surveillances other than channel calibrations, identified as "Non-Calibration Changes," and (B) changes involving the channel calibration frequency, identified as "Calibration Changes."

2.1 Non-Calibration Changes for 18-Month and 36 Month Frequency Extensions For the non-calibration 18-month surveillances (and by extension the 36-month surveillances),

GL 91-04 requires the following information to support conversion to a 24-month frequency:

1) Licensees should evaluate the effect on safety of an increase in 18-month surveillance intervals to accommodate a 24-month fuel cycle. This evaluation should support a conclusion that the effect on safety is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 3 of 70

2) Licensees should confirm that historical plant maintenance and surveillance support this conclusion.
3) Licensees should confirm that the assumptions in the plant licensing basis would not be invalidated on the basis of performing any surveillance at the bounding surveillance interval limit provided to accommodate a 24-month fuel cycle.

In consideration of these confirmations, GL 91-04 provides that licensees need not quantify the effect of the change in surveillance intervals on the availability of individual systems or components.

The following non-calibration TS SRs are proposed for revision to a 24-month frequency. The associated qualitative evaluation is provided for each of these changes, which concludes that the effect on plant safety is small, that the change does not invalidate any assumption in the plant licensing basis, and that the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. These conclusions have been validated by a review of the surveillance test history at HCGS as summarized below for each SR.

2.1.1 Non-Calibration Changes for 18-Month Frequency Extensions The following SR performance intervals are being revised from 18 months to 24 months:

TS 3/4.1.3 Control Rods SR 4.1.3.1.4 The scram discharge volume shall be determined OPERABLE by demonstrating:

a. The scram discharge volume vent and drain valves OPERABLE in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program, by verifying that the drain and vent valves:
1. Close within 30 seconds after receipt of a signal for control rods to scram, and
2. Open when the scram signal is reset.

SR 4.1.3.1.4.a.1 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had one failure that was identified as a unique failure which is not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism.

1) After a reactor scram, a Scram Discharge Volume Vent and Drain Functional Test was performed. The valve HV-F181 closure time was greater than 30 seconds. HV-F181 was reworked with a packing adjustment.

As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 4 of 70 SR 4.1.3.1.4.a.2 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had one failure that was identified as a unique failure which is not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism.

1) Following the scram reset at the beginning of RF23, the SDV vent and drain valves indicated open, however, water is not draining from the volume as it should. At the time this condition was identified, the reactor was shutdown and was post-scram.

The condition was apparent when scram was reset and volume did not drain in the typical amount of time. Found valve F011 actuator and valve stem had become uncoupled with coupling attached to actuator stem. Removed and attached to valve stem and was able to hand wheel valve open. Bolt for coupling is bent and needs to be replaced (3" x 3/8 bolt). Replaced coupling replaced and retested SAT.

As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.1.5 Standby Liquid Control System SR 4.1.5 The standby liquid control system shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

d. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
2. Demonstrating that all heat traced piping between the storage tank and the injection pumps is unblocked and then draining and flushing the piping with demineralized water.
3. Demonstrating that the storage tank heaters are OPERABLE by verifying the expected temperature rise of the sodium pentaborate solution in the storage tank after the heaters are energized.

SR 4.1.5.d.2 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.1.5.d.3 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 5 of 70 A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.3.1 Reactor Protection System Instrumentation SR 4.3.1.1 Each reactor protection system instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST]

operations for the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS and at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.1.1-1. [Functional Unit 11]

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.3.1.2 LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTS and simulated automatic operation of all channels shall be performed in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. Functional Unit 2.a, 2.b, 2.c, 2.d, and 2.f do not require separate LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTS. The LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST for APRM Function 2.e includes simulating APRM and OPRM trip conditions at the APRM channel inputs to the voter channel to check all combinations of two tripped inputs to the 2-Out-Of 4 voter logic in the voter channels.

Functional Unit 1.a The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Functional Unit 1.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 6 of 70 A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Functional Unit 2.e The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Functional Unit 7 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Functional Unit 8.a The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Functional Unit 8.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 7 of 70 SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Functional Unit 11 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.3.1.3 The REACTOR PROTECTION SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME of each reactor trip functional unit shall be demonstrated to be within its limit in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. Neutron detectors are exempt from response time testing. For the Reactor Vessel Steam Dome Pressure - High Functional Unit and the Reactor Vessel Water Level - Low, Level 3 Functional Unit, the sensor is eliminated from response time testing for RPS circuits.

[UFSAR Table 7.2-3 Functional Units 3, 4, and 5]

Functional Unit 3 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Functional Unit 4 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 8 of 70 Functional Unit 5 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.3.2 Isolation Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.2.1 Each isolation actuation instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST]

operations for the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS and at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.2.1-1. Trip Functions 3.g footnote (a), 4.g. footnote (a), 5.j, 6.j, and 7.c footnote (a)]

Trip Function 3.g footnote (a)

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had two failures that were identified as unique failures which are not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism.

1) Valve AB-HV-F019 indicates dual position. The valve was removed from its installed location, refurbished and reinstalled. The valve will "AUTO-CLOSE" upon receipt of a Group 1 primary containment isolation signal. The valve was unable to be closed from the control room to establish the required alignment to perform Procedure HC.OP-LR, AB-0005. To perform the leak rate test, the MOV must be closed by normal means. The valve is normally OPEN in series with 1ABHV-F016 and 1ABHV-F033 or 1ABHV-F021, to drain the inboard MSIV above the seat drain area until approximately 15% load on reactor startup. Valve 1ABHV-F019 is controlled via an open/close momentary contact push button located on the 10C651 panel in the main control room. It has an active "Safety-Related" function to close to provide outboard containment isolation of the inboard MSIV above seat drain lines.
2) The E Traversing Incore Probe (TIP) failed to retract when "A" manual NSSS initiation signal was given. Replaced K11 relay in "E" Tip Valve Control Monitoring drawer.

No other previous failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 9 of 70 Trip Function 4.g The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

No previous failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 5.j The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 6.j The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 7.c footnote (a)

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

No previous failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 10 of 70 SR 4.3.2.3 The ISOLATION SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME of each isolation trip function shall be demonstrated to be within its limit in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. Radiation detectors are exempt from response time testing. The sensor is eliminated from response time testing for MSIV isolation logic circuits of the following trip functions: Reactor Vessel Water Level - Low Low Low, Level 1; Main Steam Line Pressure - Low; Main Steam Line Flow -

High. [Trip Functions 2.c and d]

Trip Function 2.c The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 2.d The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.3.3 Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.3.1 Each ECCS actuation instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST]

operations for the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS and at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.3.1-1. [Trip Functions 3.g, 4.h and i]

Trip Function 3.g The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 11 of 70 Trip Function 4.h The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 4.i The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.3.3.2 LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTS and simulated automatic operation of all channels shall be performed in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. [Trip Functions 1.b and d, 2.b, c, and 2.d, 3.b, c, and f, 4.b, c, d, e, g, h and i]

Trip Function 1.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 1.d The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 12 of 70 SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 2.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have prevented the performance of the required safety function of the equipment. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 2.c The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 2.d The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 3.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 13 of 70 A review of the surveillance history identified one failure that was a unique failure which is not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism.

1) The performance of this procedure could not be completed due to equipment failure.

Troubleshooting found H1FD-10-P-213 failed to start during the performance of HC.IC-FT.BJ- 0007. Failed relay H1BJ-1BJYY-K056-E41A was found by troubleshooting.

Replacement of the relay was performed.

No other previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 3.c The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 3.f The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Functions 4.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have prevented the performance of the required safety function of the equipment. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 14 of 70 Trip Functions 4.c The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

No failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Functions 4.d The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period No failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Functions 4.e The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

No failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Functions 4.g The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

No failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 15 of 70 Trip Functions 4.h The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

No failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Functions 4.i The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had one failure that was identified as a unique failure which is not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism.

1) SRV F013A would not de-energize. This documents that the HS-F013A2 switch did not function as intended and was difficult to actuate. This is therefore considered a functional failure (conservatively). Replaced switch assembly with new parts from store room.

No other previous failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.3.5 Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.5.1 Each RCIC system actuation instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST]

operations at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.5.1-1. [Functional Unit d Footnote (a)]

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 16 of 70 SR 4.3.5.2 LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTS and simulated automatic operation of all channels shall be performed in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. [Functional Units c and d]

Functional Unit c The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Functional Unit d The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.3.6 Control Rod Block Instrumentation SR 4.3.6 Each of the above required control rod block trip systems and instrumentation channels shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance ofthe

[CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST] operations for the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS and at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.6-1. The provisions of Specification 4.0.4 arenot applicable for entry into OPERATIONAL CONDITION 2 from OPERATIONAL CONDITION 1 for the Source Range Monitors or the Intermediate Range Monitors. [Trip Function 7]

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 17 of 70 TS 3/4.3.9 Feedwater/Main Turbine Trip System Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.9.2 LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTS and simulated automatic operation of all channels shall be performed in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. [Functional Unit 1]

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.3.10 Mechanical Vacuum Pump Trip Instrumentation SR 4.3.10 Each channel of the Main Steam Line Radiation - High, High function for the mechanical vacuum pump trip shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by:

d. Performance of a LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TEST, including mechanical vacuum pump trip breaker actuation, in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.4.3 Reactor Coolant Leakage System SR 4.4.3.2.2 Each reactor coolant system pressure isolation valve specified in Table 3.4.3.2-1 shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by leak testing pursuant to the INSERVICE TESTING PROGRAM and verifying the leakage of each valve to be within the specified limit:

a. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 18 of 70 TS 3/4.5.1 ECCS - Operating SR 4.5.1 The emergency core cooling systems shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by:

c. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program:
1. For the [HPCI system], performing a system functional test which includes simulated automatic actuation of the system throughout its emergency operating sequence and verifying that each automatic valve in the flow path actuates to its correct position. Actual injection of coolant into the reactor vessel may be excluded from this test.
2. For the HPCI system, verifying that:

b) The suction is automatically transferred from the condensate storage tank to the suppression chamber on a condensate storage tank water level - low signal and on a suppression chamber - water level high signal.

d. For the ADS:
2. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program:

a) Performing a system functional test which includes simulated automatic actuation of the system throughout its emergency operating sequence, but excluding actual valve actuation.

b) Verify that when tested pursuant to the INSERVICE TESTING PROGRAM, that each ADS valve is capable of being opened.

SR 4.5.1.c.1 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.5.1.c.2.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 19 of 70 SR 4.5.1.d.2.a The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.5.1.d.2.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had one failure that was identified as a unique failure which is not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism.

1) SRV F013A would not de-energize. This documents that the HS-F013A2 switch did not function as intended and was difficult to actuate. This is considered a functional failure (conservatively).

No other previous failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.5.2 RPV Water Inventory Control SR 4.5.2.7 Verify each valve credited for automatically isolating a penetration flow path actuates to the isolation position on an actual or simulated isolation signal, in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 20 of 70 TS 3/4.6.1 Primary Containment SR 4.6.1.2

f. Main steam line isolation valves shall be leak tested at least once per 18 months.
g. Containment isolation valves which form the boundray for the long-term seal of the feedwater lines shall be hydrostatically tested at 1.10 Pa, 55.7 psig, at least once per 18 months.
h. All containment isolation valves in hydrostatically tested lines which penetrate the primary containment shall be leak tested at least once per 18 months.

SR 4.6.1.2.f The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance history identified five (5) failures. These five failures discussed below are considered repetitive failures with respect to the As-Found local leakage rate testing (LLRT) values of the MSIVs; however, not all failures are on the same valve or same penetration or are a result of the same cause of the failure. A review of the surveillance history concluded that these are not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism and are considered to be unique failures.

1) Containment Leak Rate Test for Penetration P1C reflects a leakage rate of 28,343 sccm with an Admin Limit of 11,000 sccm and an IST (T/S) Limit of 19,050 sccm. A large packing leak was identified on F028C. (October 2016)
2) Containment Leak Rate Test Data Sheet for Penetration P1C (testing only F022C valve) reflects a leakage rate of 31,146 sccm with an Admin Limit of 11,000 sccm and an IST (T/S) Limit of 19,050 sccm. Work Order activities included disassembly of valve for internal inspection and necessary repairs. Replacement of a scored stem addressed this condition. (April 2021)
3) Measured leakage was above the IST Limit. The measured leakage at valve F028A was 28550 sccm at 5.49 psig. The Technical Specification limit is 19050 sccm and the Administrative Limit is 11000 sccm. The valve was demonstrated to close as expected.

Since the valve responded to the isolation signal and was able to move to the correct safety position, the valve was functional and Function 2 was supported. The MSIV outboard actuator/manifold inspections/walkdown revealed 2 leaking pipe solder joints.

(April 2018)

4) During testing of F028A, the test result was 35,900 sccm, exceeding the Admin Limit of 11,000 sccm and the IST (T/S) Limit of 19,050 sccm. This condition was addressed by filing some identified galling on the poppet body and some machining of the valve seat. This limited scope of repairs resulted in a high as left value but within the LLRT/Technical Specification limit. (October 2019)
5) During testing of F028A, the test result was 92,711 sccm. The valve underwent a major overhaul and repair involving the poppet, poppet seat, seat lapping and all new bolts and gaskets. (April 2021)

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 21 of 70 No other previous failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.6.1.2.g The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had one failure that was identified as a unique failure which is not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism.

1) Injection Header Valves 1AEHV-F032B AND 1BDHV-F013 were unable to achieve test pressure for the test required 55.7 psig. Maximum pressure obtained while pressurizing through the water test rig was approximately 44 psig. The inspection determined the combination of hinge arm wear, hinge pin wear, and a smaller gap between the hinge arm and disc prevented the valve disc from properly seating resulting in the high leak rate and the failed LLRT.

No other previous failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.6.1.2.h The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this system had one failure that was identified as a unique failure which is not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism.

1) The observed leakage of valve 1FDV-004 was >5 gpm. Upon performance of the test, the line would not maintain full with test rig or demineralized water. Repacked the valve.

Disassembled, removed old worn pieces/parts and replaced with new disc/arm/nut.

Reassembled and cleaned valve and reconditioned seating surfaces.

No other previous failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 22 of 70 TS 3/4.6.2 Depressurization Systems SR 4.6.2.1 The suppression chamber shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

e. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by a visual inspection of the accessible interior and exterior of the suppression chamber.
f. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by conducting a drywell-to-suppression chamber bypass leak test at an initial differential pressure of 0.80 psi and verifying that the differential pressure does not decrease by more than 0.24 inch of water per minute for a period of 10 minutes. If any drywell-to-suppression chamber bypass leak test fails to meet the specified limit, the test schedule for subsequent tests shall be reviewed and approved by the Commission. If two consecutive tests fail to meet the specified limit, a test shall be performed at least every 9 months until two consecutive tests meet the specified limit, at which time the Surveillance Frequency Control Program schedule may be resumed.

SR 4.6.2.1.e The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.6.2.1.f The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.6.3 Primary Containment Isolation Valves SR 4.6.3.4 In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program, verify that a representative sample of reactor instrumentation line excess flow check valves actuates to the isolation position on a simulated instrument line break signal.

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 23 of 70 A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.6.3.5 Each traversing in-core probe system explosive isolation valve shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

b. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by removing the explosive squib from at least one explosive valve, and initiating the explosive squib. The replacement charge for the exploded squib shall be from the same manufactured batch as the one fired or from another batch which has been certified by having at least one of that batch successfully fired. No squib shall remain in use beyond the expiration of its shelf-life or operating life, as applicable.

The surveillance test interval of this SRs is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.6.4 Vacuum Relief SR 4.6.4.1 Each suppression chamber - drywell vacuum breaker shall be:

b. Demonstrated OPERABLE:
2. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by verifying the opening setpoint of each vacuum breaker to be less than or equal to 0.20 psid.

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.6.4.2 Each reactor building - suppression chamber vacuum breaker assembly shall be:

b. Demonstrated OPERABLE:
2. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:

a) Verifying the opening setpoint of each vacuum breaker assembly valve to be less than or equal to 0.25 psid.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 24 of 70 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.6.5.3 Filtration, Recirculation and Ventilation System (FRVS) - Ventilation Subsystem SR 4.6.5.3.1 Each of the two ventilation units shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

c. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program or upon determination that the HEPA filters or charcoal adsorbent could have been damaged by structural maintenance or adversely affected by any chemicals, fumes or foreign materials (1) after any structural maintenance on the HEPA filter or charcoal adsorber housings, or (2) following painting, fire or chemical release in any ventilation zone communicating with the subsystem by:
1. Verifying that the subsystem satisfies the in-place penetration testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05% and uses the test procedure guidance in Regulatory Positions C.5.a, C.5.c and C.5.d of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, and the system flow rates are 9,000 cfm +/- 10% for each FRVS ventilation unit.
2. Verifying within 31 days after removal from the FRVS ventilation units, that a laboratory test of a sample of the charcoal adsorber, when obtained in accordance with Regulatory Position C.6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, shows the methyl iodide penetration less than 5% when tested in accordance with ASTM D3803-1989 at a temperature of 30°C and a relative humidity 95%.
3. Verifying a subsystem flow rate of 9,000 cfm +/- 10% for each FRVS ventilation unit during system operation when tested in accordance with ANSI N510-1980.
e. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
1. Verifying that the pressure drop across the combined HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks is less than 5 inches Water Gauge in the ventilation unit while operating the filter train at a flow rate of 9,000 cfm

+/-10% for each FRVS ventilation unit.

SR 4.6.5.3.1.c.1 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 25 of 70 SR 4.6.5.3.1.c.2 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.6.5.3.1.c.3 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.6.5.3.1.e.1 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.6.5.3 Filtration, Recirculation and Ventilation System (FRVS) Recirculation -Subsystem SR 4.6.5.3.2 Each of the six FRVS recirculation units shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

c. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program or upon determination that the HEPA filters could have been damaged by structural maintenance or adversely affected by any foreign materials (1) after any structural maintenance on the HEPA filters or housings by:
1. Verifying that the subsystem satisfies the in-place penetration testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05% and uses the test procedure guidance in Regulatory Positions C.5.a and C.5.c of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, and the system flow rates are 30,000 cfm

+/-10% for each FRVS recirculation unit.

2. Verifying a subsystem flow rate of 30,000 cfm +/- 10% for each FRVS recirculation unit during system operation when tested in accordance with ANSI N510-1980.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 26 of 70

e. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
1. Verifying that the pressure drop across the exhaust duct is less than 8 inches Water Gauge in the recirculation filter train while operating the filter train at a flow rate of 30,000 cfm +/- 10% for each FRVS recirculation unit.

SR 4.6.5.3.2.c.1 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.6.5.3.2.c.2 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.6.5.3.2.e.1 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.7.1 Service Water Systems SR 4.7.1.2 At least the above required station service water system loops shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

b. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program, by verifying that:
1. Each automatic valve servicing non-safety related equipment actuates to its isolation position on an isolation test signal.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 27 of 70 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.7.2 Control Room Systems SR 4.7.2.1.1 Each control room emergency filtration subsystem shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

c. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program or (1) after any structural maintenance on the HEPA filter or charcoal adsorber housings, or (2) following painting, fire or chemical release in any ventilation zone communicating with the subsystem filter train by:
1. Verifying that the subsystem satisfies the in-place penetration testing acceptance criteria of less than 0.05% and uses the test procedure guidance in Regulatory Positions C.5.a, C.5.c and C.5.d of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, and the system filter train flow rate is 4000 cfm +/- 10%.
2. Verifying within 31 days after removal, that a laboratory test of a sample of the charcoal adsorber, when obtained in accordance with Regulatory Position C.6.b of Regulatory Guide 1.52, Revision 2, March 1978, shows the methyl iodide penetration less than 0.5% when tested in accordance with ASTM D3803-1989 at a temperature of 30°C and a relative humidity 70%.
3. Verifying a subsystem filter train flow rate of 4000 cfm +/- 10% during subsystem operation when tested in accordance with ANSI N510-1980.
e. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
1. Verifying that the pressure drop across the combined HEPA filters and charcoal adsorber banks is less than 7.5 inches Water Gauge while operating the filter train subsystem at a flow rate of 4000 cfm +/- 10%.
4. Verifying that the heaters dissipate 13 +/- 1.3 Kw when tested in accordance with ANSI N510-1980 and verifying humidity is maintained less than or equal to 70% humidity through the carbon adsorbers by performance of a channel calibration of the humidity control instrumentation.

SR 4.7.2.1.1.c.1 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 28 of 70 component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.7.2.1.1.c.2 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.7.2.1.1.c.3 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.7.2.1.1.e.1 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.7.2.1.1.e.4 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 29 of 70 SR 4.7.2.2 Each control room AC subsystem shall be demonstrated OPERABLE in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by verifying each subsystem has the capability to remove the assumed heat load.

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.7.4 Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System SR 4.7.4 The RCIC system shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

c. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
1. Performing a system functional test which includes simulated automatic actuation and restart and verifying that each automatic valve in the flow path actuates to its correct position. Actual injection of coolant into the reactor vessel may be excluded.
3. Verifying that the suction for the RCIC system is automatically transferred from the condensate storage tank to the suppression pool on a condensate storage tank water level-low signal.

SR 4.7.4.c.1 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.7.4.c.3 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 30 of 70 TS 3/4.7.7 Main Turbine Bypass System SR 4.7.7 The main turbine bypass system shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

b. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
1. Performing a system functional test which includes simulated automatic actuation and verifying that each automatic valve actuates to its correct position.
2. Demonstrating TURBINE BYPASS SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME meets the following requirements when measured from the initial movement of the main turbine stop or control valve:

a) 80% of turbine bypass system capacity shall be established in less than or equal to 0.3 second.

b) Bypass valve opening shall start in less than or equal to 0.1 second.

SR 4.7.7.b.1 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.7.7.b.2 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.8.1 A.C. Sources SR 4.8.1.1.2 Each of the above required diesel generators shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

k. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
1. Verifying the diesel generator operates for at least 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />. During the first 22 hours2.546296e-4 days <br />0.00611 hours <br />3.637566e-5 weeks <br />8.371e-6 months <br /> of this test, the diesel generator shall be loaded to between 4000 and 4400 kW and during the remaining 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> of this test, the diesel generator shall be loaded to between 4652 and 4873 kW. The diesel generator shall achieve 3950 volts and 58.8 Hz in 10 seconds following receipt of the start signal and subsequently achieve steady state voltage 3828 and 4580 volts and frequency of 60 +/- 1.2 Hz.
2. Within 5 minutes after completing 4.8.1.1.2.k.1, verify each diesel generator starts and achieves 3950 volts and 58.8 Hz in 10 seconds LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 31 of 70 after receipt of the start signal, and subsequently achieves steady state voltage 3828 and 4580 volts and frequency of 60 +/- 1.2 Hz.

-OR-Operate the diesel generator between 4000 kW and 4400 kW for two hours. Within 5 minutes of shutting down the diesel generator, verify each diesel generator starts and achieves 3950 volts and 58.8 Hz in 10 seconds after receipt of the start signal, and subsequently achieves steady state voltage 3828 and 4580 volts and frequency of 60 +/- 1.2 Hz. This test shall continue for at least five minutes.

4.8.1.1.2.k.1 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had one failure that was identified as a unique failure which is not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism.

1) The test was aborted. Not all acceptance criteria performed due to aborted test. Due to Jacket Water Leakage > 54 ml/min, Acceptance Criteria that was performed was satisfactory.

No other previous failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

4.8.1.1.2.k.2 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.8.4 Electrical Equipment Protective Devices SR 4.8.4.1 Each of the primary containment penetration conductor overcurrent protective devices shown in Table 3.8.4.1-1 shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

a. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program:
2. By selecting and functionally testing a representative sample of at least 10% of each type of lower voltage circuit breakers. Circuit breakers selected for functional testing shall be selected on a rotating basis.

Testing of these circuit breakers shall consist of injecting a current with a LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 32 of 70 value between 150% and 300% of the pickup of the long time delay trip element and verifying that the circuit breaker operates within the time delay bandwidth for that current specified by the manufacturer. The instantaneous element shall be tested by injecting a current in excess of 120% of the pickup value of the element and verifying that the circuit breaker trips instantaneously with no intentional time delay. Molded case circuit breaker testing shall also follow this procedure except that generally no more than two trip elements, time delay and instantaneous, will be involved. Circuit breakers found inoperable during functional testing shall be restored to OPERABLE status prior to resuming operation. For each circuit breaker found inoperable during these functional tests, an additional representative sample of at least 10% of all the circuit breakers of the inoperable type shall also be functionally tested until no more failures are found or all circuit breakers of that type have been functionally tested.

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had two failures that were identified as unique failures which are not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism.

1) During performance of low voltage molded case circuit breaker overcurrent trip testing breaker 'A' 52-252041 failed overcurrent trip testing. Replacement breaker passed testing.
2) There were (2) failures for this sample population requiring (12) additional samples:

H1B-52-260843 and H1GT 26252. During PM on MCC bucket (H1BB 264083) instantaneous magnetic breaker failed to trip within required limits. Breaker failed to trip before upper limit of trip range was reached. New breakers were ordered, tested satisfactorily, and reinstalled in location.

No other previous failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.8.4.2.1 The thermal overload protection bypass circuit for each of the above required MOVs shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

a. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by the performance of a CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST for:
2. A representative sample of at least 25% of those thermal overload protection devices which are bypassed continuously and temporarily placed in force only when the MOVs are undergoing periodic or maintenance testing.
3. A representative sample of at least 25% of those thermal overload protection devices which are in force during normal manual (momentary LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 33 of 70 push button contact) MOV operation and bypassed during remote manual (push button held depressed) MOV operation.

SR 4.8.4.2.1.a.2 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the equipment had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.8.4.2.1.a.3 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

2.1.2 Non-Calibration Changes for 36-Month Frequency Extensions The following non-calibration TS SRs are proposed for revision to a 48-month frequency. The associated qualitative evaluation is provided for each of these changes, which concludes that the effect on plant safety is small, that the change does not invalidate any assumption in the plant licensing basis, and that the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. These conclusions have been validated by a review of the surveillance test history at HCGS as summarized below for each SR.

TS 3/4.3.3 Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.3.1 Each ECCS actuation instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL FUNCTIONAL TEST]

operations for the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS and at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.3.1-1. [Trip Functions 1.g and 2.f]

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 34 of 70 Trip Function 1.g The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 2.f The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.3.3.2 LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTS and simulated automatic operation of all channels shall be performed in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. [Trip Functions 1.g, 5.a and b]

Trip Function 1.g The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 5.a The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 35 of 70 Trip Function 5.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.3.3.3 The ECCS RESPONSE TIME of each ECCS trip function shall be demonstrated to be within the limit in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. ECCS actuation instrumentation is eliminated from response time testing. [UFSAR Table 7.3-17 Trip Functions 1, 2, and 4]

Trip Function 1 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 2 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 4 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 36 of 70 proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.3.4 Recirculation Pump Trip Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.4.2.2 LOGIC SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTS and simulated automatic operation of all channels shall be performed in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.5.1 ECCS - Operating SR 4.5.1 The emergency core cooling systems shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by:

c. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program:
1. For the [CSS and LPCI systems], performing a system functional test which includes simulated automatic actuation of the system throughout its emergency operating sequence and verifying that each automatic valve in the flow path actuates to its correct position. Actual injection of coolant into the reactor vessel may be excluded from this test.
2. For the HPCI system, verifying that:

a) The system develops a flow of at least 5600 gpm against a test line pressure corresponding to a reactor vessel pressure of 200 psig, when steam is being supplied to the turbine at 200 + 15, -0 psig.

SR 4.5.1.c.1 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.5.1.c.2.a The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 37 of 70 A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.7.1 Service Water Systems SR 4.7.1.1 At least the above required safety auxiliaries cooling system subsystems shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

b. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by verifying that:
2) Each pump starts automatically when its associated diesel generator automatically starts.

SR 4.7.1.1.b.2 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.7.1.2 At least the above required station service water system loops shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

b. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program, by verifying that:
2. Each pump starts automatically when its associated diesel generator automatically starts.

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.7.4 Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System SR 4.7.4 The RCIC system shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

c. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by:
2. Verifying that the system will develop a flow of greater than or equal to 600 gpm in the test flow path when steam is supplied to the turbine at a pressure of 150 + 15, - 0 psig.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 38 of 70 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.8.1 A.C. Sources SR 4.8.1.1.2 Each of the above required diesel generators shall be demonstrated OPERABLE:

h. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program, during shutdown, by:
2. Verifying the diesel generator capability to reject a load of greater than or equal to that of the RHR pump motor for each diesel generator while maintaining voltage 3828 and 4580 volts and frequency at 60 +/- 1.2 Hz.
3. Verifying the diesel generator capability to reject a load of 4430 kW without tripping. The generator voltage shall not exceed 4785 volts during and following the load rejection.
4. Simulating a loss of offsite power by itself, and:

b) Verifying the diesel generator starts on the auto-start signal, energizes the emergency busses with permanently connected loads within 10 seconds after receipt of the start signal, energizes the autoconnected shutdown loads through the load sequencer and operates for greater than or equal to 5 minutes while its generator is loaded with the shutdown loads. After energization, the steady state voltage and frequency of the emergency busses shall be maintained 3828 and 4580 volts and 60 +/- 1.2 Hz during this test.

5. Verifying that on an ECCS actuation test signal, without loss of offsite power, the diesel generator starts on the auto-start signal and operates on standby for greater than or equal to 5 minutes. The diesel generator shall achieve 3950 volts and 58.8 Hz in 10 seconds following receipt of the start signal and subsequently achieve steady state voltage 3828 and 4580 volts and frequency of 60 +/- 1.2 Hz.
6. Simulating a loss of offsite power in conjunction with an ECCS actuation test signal, and:

b) Verifying the diesel generator starts on the auto-start signal, energizes the emergency busses with permanently connected loads within 10 seconds after receipt of the start signal, energizes the autoconnected shutdown loads through the load sequencer and operates for greater than or equal to 5 minutes while its generator is loaded with the emergency loads. After energization, the steady state voltage and frequency of the emergency busses shall be maintained 3828 and 4580 volts and 60 +/- 1.2 Hz during this test.

7. Verifying that all automatic diesel generator trips, except engine overspeed, generator differential current, generator overcurrent, bus LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 39 of 70 differential current and low lube oil pressure are automatically bypassed upon loss of voltage on the emergency bus concurrent with an ECCS actuation signal.
9. Verifying that the auto-connected loads to each diesel generator do not exceed the continuous rating of 4430 kW.
10. Verifying the diesel generator's capability to:

a) Synchronize with the offsite power source while the generator is loaded with its emergency loads upon a simulated restoration of offsite power, b) Transfer its loads to the offsite power source, c) Be restored to its standby status, and d) Diesel generator circuit breaker is open.

11. Verifying that with the diesel generator operating in a test mode and connected to its bus, a simulated ECCS actuation signal overrides the test mode by (1) returning the diesel generator to standby operation, and (2) automatically energizes the emergency loads with offsite power.

SR 4.8.1.1.2.h.2 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.8.1.1.2.h.3 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.8.1.1.2.h.4.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 40 of 70 component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.8.1.1.2.h.5 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.8.1.1.2.h.6.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.8.1.1.2.h.7 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.8.1.1.2.h.9 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 41 of 70 SR 4.8.1.1.2.h.10 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.8.1.1.2.h.11 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this equipment had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

2.2 Calibration Changes for an 18-Month and 36-Month Extension NRC GL 91-04 requires that licensees address instrument drift when proposing an increase in the surveillance interval for calibrating instruments that perform safety functions including providing the capability for safe shutdown. The effect of the increased calibration interval on instrument errors must be addressed because instrument errors caused by drift were considered when determining safety system setpoints and when performing safety analyses.

NRC GL 91-04 identifies seven steps for the evaluation of instrumentation calibration changes.

These seven steps are discussed in the Enclosure to this submittal. In that discussion, a description of the methodology used by PSEG for each step is summarized. The detailed methodology is provided in the LAR Enclosure.

The following are the calibration-related TS SRs being proposed for revision from 18 months to 24 months (and 36 months to 48 months), for a maximum interval of 30 months or 60 months (considering the 25% grace period allowed by TS SR 4.0.2). The methodology used to perform the drift analysis is consistent with the methodology utilized by other utilities requesting transition to a 24-month fuel cycle. The methodology is also based on Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) TR-103335, "Statistical Analysis of Instrument Calibration Data" and is summarized in the LAR Enclosure.

The projected 30-month (and 60-month) drift values for many of the instruments analyzed from the historical as-found/as-left evaluation shows sufficient margin between the current plant setpoint and the Allowable Value to compensate for the 30-month (and 60-month) drift. For each instrument function that has a channel calibration proposed frequency change to 24 LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 42 of 70 months (or 48 months), the associated setpoint calculation assumes a consistent or conservative drift value appropriate for a 24-month (and 48-month) calibration interval.

No revisions to any TS setpoints were required. A review of the applicable safety analysis concluded that the setpoints and projected 30-month (and 60-month) drift confirmed the safety limits and safety analysis assumptions remain bounding.

2.2.1 Calibration Changes for an 18-Month Extension The following 18-to-24-month calibration extensions SRs are presented:

TS 3/4.3.1 Reactor Protection System Instrumentation SR 4.3.1.1 Each reactor protection system instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations for the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS and at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.1.1-1. [Functional Units 1.a, 7, and 8.a and b]

Functional Unit 1.a The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history identified one failure that was a unique failure that is not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism.

1) During performance, the Mean Square Analog (MSA) module was found with evidence of overheating (discoloration). All data obtained was high out of specification. The Intermediate Range Monitor (IRM) had been identified to have had a step change in displayed power level from ~1% to ~6% over a 3 - 4 day period with no changes in plant power. IRM 'B' is inoperative without this card. The physical condition of R8, R12, VR1, and VR2 showed discoloration specific to exact placement on circuit board. R8 appeared to have a crack in the middle of it and solder joints appear to be damaged on resistors in question as well.

No other previous failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Functional Unit 7 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 43 of 70 to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Functional Unit 8.a The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Functional Unit 8.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.3.2 Isolation Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.2.1 Each isolation actuation instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations for the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS and at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.2.1-1. [Trip Functions 1.b and c, 2.b, c, and d, 3.b, e, and f, 4.a, b, c, and d, 5.a through i, and 6.a through i]

Trip Function 1.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 44 of 70 Trip Function 1.c The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 2.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 2.c The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 2.d The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 45 of 70 Trip Function 3.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 3.e The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 3.f The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 4.a The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 46 of 70 Trip Function 4.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 4.c The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 4.d The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 5.a The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 47 of 70 Trip Function 5.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 5.c The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history identified two failures that would not have prevented the performance of the required safety function of the equipment. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency.

Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 5.d The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history identified one failure that would not have prevented the performance of the required safety function of the equipment. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency.

Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 5.e The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 48 of 70 Trip Function 5.f The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 5.g The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 5.h The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 5.i The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 49 of 70 Trip Function 6.a The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 6.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 6.c The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history identified one failure that would not have prevented the performance of the required safety function of the equipment. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency.

Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 6.d The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 50 of 70 Trip Function 6.e The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 6.f The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 6.g The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 6.h The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 51 of 70 Trip Function 6.i The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.3.3 Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.3.1 Each ECCS actuation instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations for the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS and at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.3.1-1. [Trip Functions 1.b and d, 2.b through d, 3.b, c, and f, and 4.b, d, and e]

Trip Function 1.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 1.d The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 2.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 52 of 70 A review of the surveillance history identified two failures that would not have prevented the performance of the required safety function of the equipment. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency.

Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 2.c The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 2.d The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 3.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 3.c The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 53 of 70 SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 3.f The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 4.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 4.d The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Function 4.e The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 54 of 70 component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.3.5 Reactor Core Isolation Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.5.1 Each RCIC system actuation instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.5.1-1. [Functional Unit c]

Functional Unit c The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.3.6 Control Rod Block Instrumentation SR 4.3.6 Each of the above required control rod block trip systems and instrumentation channels shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance ofthe

[CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations for the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS and at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.6-1. The provisions of Specification 4.0.4 arenot applicable for entry into OPERATIONAL CONDITION 2 from OPERATIONAL CONDITION 1 for the Source Range Monitors or the Intermediate Range Monitors. [Trip Unit 1.a and c, 3.b and d, 4.b and d, and 5.a]

Trip Unit 1.a The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Unit 1.c The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 55 of 70 component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Unit 3.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Unit 3.d The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Unit 4.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had one failure that was identified as a unique failure which is not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism.

1) During performance, the Mean Square Analog (MSA) module was found with evidence of overheating (discoloration). All data obtained was high out of specification. The IRM had been identified to have had a step change in displayed power level from ~1% to ~6%

over a 3 - 4 day period with no changes in plant power. IRM 'B' is inoperative without this card. The physical condition of R8, R12, VR1, and VR2 showed discoloration specific to exact placement on circuit board. R8 appeared to have a crack in the middle of it and solder joints appear to be damaged on resistors in question as well.

No other previous failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 56 of 70 Trip Unit 4.d The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had one failure that was identified as a unique failure which is not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism.

1) During performance, the Mean Square Analog (MSA) module was found with evidence of overheating (discoloration). All data obtained was high out of specification. The IRM had been identified to have had a step change in displayed power level from ~1% to ~6%

over a 3 - 4 day period with no changes in plant power. IRM 'B' is inoperative without this card. The physical condition of R8, R12, VR1, and VR2 showed discoloration specific to exact placement on circuit board. R8 appeared to have a crack in the middle of it and solder joints appear to be damaged on resistors in question as well.

No other previous failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Trip Unit 5.a The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.3.7 Monitoring Instrumentation SR 4.3.7.1 Each of the above required radiation monitoring instrumentation channels shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations for the conditions and at the frequencies in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. [Instrumentation 1, 2.a.1, 2.a.2, 2.b, 3, 4, 5]

Instrumentation 1 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 57 of 70 A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrumentation 2.a.1 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrumentation 2.a.2 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrumentation 2.b The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrumentation 3 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history identified five failures that would not have prevented the performance of the required safety function of the equipment. As such, the impact, if any, on LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 58 of 70 system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency.

Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrumentation 4 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrumentation 5 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.3.7.4.3 Each required instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION at the frequency specified in the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. [Instruments 4 through 13]

Instrumentation 4 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrumentation 5 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 59 of 70 A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had one failure that was identified as a unique failure which is not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism.

1) During the performance of HC.IC-CC.SB-0013, a suppression pool water temperature, the Mux Board reference voltage RM-80 ADC calibration could not be completed. The board was replaced with a new one and the channel calibration was completed satisfactorily in this performance.

No other previous failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrumentation 6 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrumentation 7 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrumentation 8 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 60 of 70 Instrumentation 9 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrumentation 10 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrumentation 11 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrumentation 12 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 61 of 70 Instrumentation 13 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.3.7.5 Each of the above required accident monitoring instrumentation channels shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by performance of the [CHANNEL CALIBRATION]

operations at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.7.5-1. [Instruments 3, 4, 7, 11, 12, and 13]

Instrument 3 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrument 4 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrument 7 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 62 of 70 proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrument 11 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had one failure that was identified as a unique failure which is not indicative of a repetitive time-based failure mechanism.

1) The input source Cd-109 has a result of 1.35E+2. The desired range is 1.56E+2 to 2.32E+2. Input source Ba-133 result is 2.06E+3, desired range is 2.46E+3 to 3.68E+3.

These two points are out of range and are SR acceptance steps. Replaced bad parts.

During the second and successful performance of the power supply replacement, check source value of 2.75E+2 was less than check source limit of 2.88E+2.

No other previous failures of the TS function were identified that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrument 12 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

Instrument 13 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 63 of 70 SR 4.3.7.6 Each of the above required source range monitor channels shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by:

a. Performance of a:
2. CHANNEL CALIBRATION in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.3.10 Mechanical Vacuum Pump Trip Instrumentation SR 4.3.10 Each channel of the Main Steam Line Radiation - High, High function for the mechanical vacuum pump trip shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by:

c. Performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.4.3 Reactor Coolant Leakage System SR 4.4.3.1 The reactor coolant system leakage detection systems shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by:

a. Drywell atmosphere gaseous radioactivity monitoring system-performance of a [CHANNEL CALIBRATION] in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 64 of 70 SR 4.4.3.2.3 The high/low pressure interface valve leakage pressure monitors shall be demonstrated OPERABLE with alarm setpoints per Table 3.4.3.2-2 by performance of a [CHANNEL CALIBRATION] at the frequencies specified in the Surveillance Frequency Control Program.

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the equipment had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.5.1 ECCS - Operating SR 4.5.1 The emergency core cooling systems shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by:

c. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program:
3. Performing a CHANNEL CALIBRATION of the CSS, and LPCI system discharge line "keep filled" alarm instrumentation.
4. Performing a CHANNEL CALIBRATION of the CSS header P instrumentation and verifying the setpoint to be the allowable value of 4.4 psid.
5. Performing a CHANNEL CALIBRATION of the LPCI header P instrumentation and verifying the setpoint to be the allowable value of 1.0 psid.

SR 4.5.1.c.3 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.5.1.c.4 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 65 of 70 SR 4.5.1.c.5 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.8.4 Electrical Equipment Protective Devices SR 4.8.4.4 The above specified RPS electric power monitoring channels shall be determined OPERABLE:

b. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by demonstrating the OPERABILITY of over-voltage, under-voltage, and underfrequency protective instrumentation by performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION including simulated automatic actuation of the protective relays, tripping logic and output circuit breakers and verifying the following setpoints.
1. Over-voltage 132 VAC, (Bus A), 132 VAC (Bus B)
2. Under-voltage 108 VAC, (Bus A), 108 VAC (Bus B)
3. Under-frequency 57 Hz. (Bus A and Bus B)

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the equipment had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.8.4.6 The above specified power range NMS electric power monitoring channels shall be determined OPERABLE:

b. In accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program by demonstrating the OPERABILITY of over-voltage, under-voltage, and underfrequency protective instrumentation by performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION including simulated automatic actuation of the protective relays, tripping logic and output circuit breakers and verifying the following setpoints.
1. Over-voltage 132 VAC (BUS A), 132 VAC (BUS B)
2. Under-voltage 108 VAC (BUS A), 108 VAC (BUS B)
3. Under-frequency 57 Hz. -0, +2%

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 66 of 70 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 18 months to once every 24 months, for a maximum interval of 30 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of surveillance test history verified that the instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS function that would have been detected solely by the periodic performance of this SR. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 24-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

2.2.2 Calibration Changes for a 36-Month Extension The following 36-to-48-month calibration extensions SRs are presented:

TS 3/4.3.3 Emergency Core Cooling System Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.3.1 Each ECCS actuation instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations for the OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS and at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.3.1-1. [Trip Functions 5.a]

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

TS 3/4.3.7 Monitoring Instrumentation SR 4.3.7.4.3 Each required instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by performance of a CHANNEL CALIBRATION at the frequency specified in the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. [Function 2]

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

SR 4.3.7.5 Each of the above required accident monitoring instrumentation channels shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by performance of the [CHANNEL CALIBRATION]

operations at the frequencies shown in Table 4.3.7.5-1. [Instrument 1]

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 67 of 70 The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

3/4.3.9 Feedwater/Main Turbine Trip System Actuation Instrumentation SR 4.3.9.1 Each feedwater/main turbine trip system actuation instrumentation channel shall be demonstrated OPERABLE by the performance of the [CHANNEL CALIBRATION] operations at the frequencies specified in the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. [Trip Functional Check 1]

The surveillance test interval of this SR is being increased from once every 36 months to once every 48 months, for a maximum interval of 60 months, including the 25% grace period afforded by TS SR 4.0.2.

A review of the surveillance history verified that this instrumentation had no previous failures of the TS functions. As such, the impact, if any, on system availability is minimal from the proposed change to a 48-month testing frequency. Based on the inherent system and component reliability as shown by the failure history, the impact of this change on safety, if any, is small.

2.3 Technical Variations to GL 91-04 2.3.1 SR 4.4.2.2 SR 4.4.2.2 states:

At least 1/2 of the safety relief valve pilot stage assemblies shall be removed, set pressure tested and reinstalled or replaced with spares that have been previously set pressure tested and stored in accordance with manufacturers recommendations in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program, and they shall be rotated such that all 14 safety relief valve pilot stage assemblies are removed, set pressure tested and reinstalled or replaced with spares that have been previously set pressure tested and stored in accordance with manufacturers recommendations in accordance with the Surveillance Frequency Control Program. All safety relief valves will be recertified to meet a +/-1%

tolerance prior to returning the valves to service after setpoint testing.

At initial plant startup, HCGS chose to install the newer 2-Stage Target Rock Safety Relief Valves (SRV) instead of the more common 3-Stage Target Rock SRVs due to the 3-Stage SRVs experiencing inadvertent openings below set pressure. Starting with the Spring 2018 refueling outage continuing through the Spring 2021 refueling outage, HCGS replaced all fourteen of the 2-Stage Target Rock SRVs with a newer generation 3-Stage Target Rock SRVs (Model 0867F). This decision was based on the 2-Stage SRVs failing several as found setpoint verification tests due to corrosion bonding at the pilot seat. The 2-Stage SRVs also experienced several incidents of pilot stage leakage resulting in mid-cycle outages to replace the leaking 2-LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 68 of 70 Stage pilot SRVs.

A review of the available historical data from the Fall 2019 refueling outage through the late Summer 2023 outage, reveals there to be one (1) failure of the total seventeen pilot assemblies that were removed and tested at various intervals during that time period. The single failure was a pilot assembly installed in the Fall 2019 refueling outage (R22) and was removed from service thirty-six (36) months later in the Fall 2022 (R24) refueling outage. The failure was due to excessive drift (outside of the +/-3% tolerance) in the negative direction which resulted in the actuation of the SRV at a lower opening pressure. This is conservative to the SRV primary safety function of providing overpressure protection of the reactor coolant system. The pressure setpoint was set at 1130 psig and the actual As Found setpoint of the valve was low at 1085 psig. All remaining SRV pilot assemblies tested from 2019 to 2023 and removed from service at various intervals were all found within the manufacturer recommendation of +/-3% tolerance.

The length of time the seventeen SRV pilot assemblies were in service ranged from one month for one pilot assembly to 36 months for six pilot assemblies. There were five pilot assemblies that were removed after 18 months of service.

The replacement of the 2-Stage pilot assemblies with a more reliable 3-Stage pilot assembly that does not exhibit the failure characteristics of the previously installed 2-Stage pilot assembly has resulted in improved operability and reliability of the SRVs in performing their safety function of over pressure protection. Any reports of issues encountered by other utilities who currently have the 3-Stage pilot assembly SRVs installed are related to the early lifting of the valves as a result of drift in the conservative direction which does not jeopardize the ability of the SRV to perform its safety function of providing overpressure protection of the reactor coolant pressure boundary.

Given the operating history of just one (1) failure of a pilot assembly out of seventeen pilot assemblies following the installation of the newer generation 3-Stage Target Rock SRV pilot assemblies over the period of approximately 42 months (from initial installation until the end of the available historical data), the improved reliability of the newer generation 3-Stage Target Rock SRV pilot assemblies, and the extension of the current refueling cycle from 18 months to 24 months to allow for the removal and replacement of the pilot assemblies during outage conditions all contribute to the justification to support extension of the surveillance interval from 18 months to 24 months.

HCGS will continue the current trending and monitoring of the SRVs in accordance with the provisions set forth in the HCGS SFCP procedure to ensure their continued reliable operation over the next two refueling cycles. The upgrades already performed to the valves have contributed to the reliability of the equipment, and the continuation of the ongoing trending program for the SRVs will provide adequate assurance that the impact on system availability, if any, from the change to a 24-month surveillance interval will be small.

2.3.2 SR 4.3.7.5, Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 14 The testing that satisfies the CHANNEL CALIBRATION requirements of SR 4.3.7.5, Table 4.3.7.5-1 Instrument 14, Primary Containment Isolation Valve Position Indication, is performed at a frequency defined in the HCGS SFCP as once per refueling cycle and was assessed for a surveillance frequency extension from 18-months to 24-months. The acceptance criteria for this LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 69 of 70 SR includes successful cycling of the inboard and outboard primary containment isolation valves (PCIVs).

For the surveillances that test the inboard PCIVs, at least five operating cycles of SR performances were retrieved consistent with GL 91-04 guidance. These surveillances were generally performed between the Fall 2013 Refueling Outage and the Fall 2022 Refueling Outage. It has been concluded, based on engineering judgment, that three 30-month periods provide adequate performance test history.

For outboard PCIVs, testing has been performed at a periodicity more frequent that once per refueling cycle or have only been tested on a refueling cycle basis since the adoption of the HCGS In-Service Testing (IST) Fourth (4th) 10-Year Interval, which results in an insufficient number of historical procedure performances at an 18-month frequency to provide the sole basis for extension to 24 months in accordance with the recommendations of GL 91-04.

However, the information below is to serve as the basis for a justification to permit the testing of the outboard containment isolation valves be extended from the current 18-month interval to a 24-month surveillance interval to align with the testing of the associated inboard containment isolation valves and also to be in alignment for testing during an outage with the proposed extension of the refueling outage interval to 24 months.

Each of the testing activities below test the outboard containment isolation valves and, as previously stated, have only recently been extended to an 18-month surveillance interval. All the equivalent inboard containment isolation valves have been tested at an 18-month surveillance interval for the entire failure review period from 2013 through 2022, with no identified failures. An additional review of the most recent quarterly surveillance test results over the previous two 18 month refueling cycle periods (immediately prior to the change to the current 18-month surveillance interval) was performed of the inboard valves tested by the five testing activities identified below. Additionally, the 2023 historical completed procedures, which were not included in the original scope of collected historical data, were reviewed for each of the five identified maintenance activities below. The review reflects there to be zero identified failures of any valves and any surveillance tests.

1) Testing Activity HC100034 - ST 18M OP-IS.BE-0101 CORE SPRY SUBSYS-A The surveillance frequency of HC100034 was changed to 18 months in July 2020 as part of the adoption of the HCGS the IST 4 th Interval. As a result, there are only three 18-month historical performances to be analyzed for extension to a 24-month surveillance interval.
2) Testing Activity HC100035 - ST 18M OP-IS.BE-0102 CORE SPRY SUBSYS-B The surveillance frequency of HC100035 was changed to 18 months in June 2020 as part of the adoption of the HCGS IST 4 th Interval. As a result, there are only three 18-month historical performances to be analyzed for extension to a 24-month surveillance interval.
3) Testing Activity HC100105 - ST 18M HC.OP-IS.BH-0101 SLC I/S VLV TEST The surveillance frequency of Maintenance Plan HC100105 was changed to 18 months in February 2019 as part of the adoption of the HCGS IST 4 th Interval. As a result, there are only four 18-month historical performances to be analyzed for extension to a 24-month LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Page 70 of 70 surveillance interval.
4) Testing Activity HC100145 - ST 18M OP-IS.EE-101(Q)TWCU SYS VLVS TEST The surveillance frequency of Maintenance Plan HC100145 was changed to 18 months in February 2019 as part of the adoption of the HCGS In-Service Test 4 th Interval. As a result, there are only three 18-month historical performances to be analyzed for extension to a 24-month surveillance interval.
5) Testing Activity HC100149 - ST18M OP-IS.SK-101(Q)PLANT LEAK DETECT V The surveillance frequency of Maintenance Plan HC100149 was changed to 18 months in February 2019 as part of the adoption of the HCGS IST 4 th Interval. As a result, there are only three 18-month historical performances to be analyzed for extension to a 24-month surveillance interval.

The extension of the surveillance frequency to 24-months for the outboard containment isolation valves will align with the inboard containment isolation valve surveillance frequency methodology to maintain the risk and safety benefits realized by the changes made to HCGS IST program that allow for stroking these valves in outage conditions when possible while implementing a 24-month fuel cycle.

Extension of the surveillance frequency to 24-months for these outboard PCIVs using this available data will provide consistency with the inboard PCIV surveillance frequency to demonstrate proper valve position indication and is required to maintain the risk and safety benefits realized by the changes made to Hope Creek IST program that allow for stroking these valves in shutdown conditions (when possible) while implementing a 24-month fuel cycle.

Utilization of this available data to evaluate an extension to a 24-month frequency for the outboard condition isolation valves is justified since:

1) The performance of the outboard valves is expected to continue to match that of the inboard valves that have been tested at an 18-month frequency for at least five cycles with no failures;
2) The performance of valve testing to satisfy SR 4.3.7.5, Table 4.3.7.5-1 Instrument 14 for the outboard valves has not resulted in any failures or required calibrations during the same three 30-month periods; and
3) Enables valve stroke testing to be conducted at a frequency consistent with allowable frequencies in the IST Program.

HCGS will implement ongoing trending and monitoring of these outboard containment isolation valves in accordance with the provisions set forth in the HCGS SFCP procedure to ensure their continued reliable operation over the next two refueling cycles. The implementation of an ongoing trending program of the impacted outboard containment isolation valves will provide adequate assurance that the impact on system availability, if any, from the change to a 24-month surveillance interval will be small.

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Applicable Instrumentation

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.9.1 Table 4.3.9.1-1 Function 1 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1152DP4N 74.43 - 32.50 INWC SR 4.3.9.1 Table 4.3.9.1-1 Function 1 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1152DP4N 74.29 - 32.36 INWC SR 4.3.9.1 Table 4.3.9.1-1 Function 1 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1152DP4N 74.03 - 32.10 INWC SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.E Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153AB5 0.98 - 14.73 psia SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.F Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.F Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB3 0 - 9.30 INWC SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB3 74.52 - 32.54 INWC SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB3 74.4 32.4 INWC SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 4 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 4 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB4 74.4 32.4 INWC SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 4 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 4 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB4 0 - 38.40 INWC SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.D Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.D Table 4.3.4.4-1 Function 6 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB4 0 - 38.40 INWC SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.D Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.D Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB4 74.4 32.4 INWC SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.D Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.D Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB4 56.7 - 81.7 INWC SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.F Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.F Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB4 56.7 - 81.7 INWC SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.F Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.F Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB4 0 - 55.5 INWC SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.C Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.C Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB4 0 - 40 INWC SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 68.5 - 217.6 INWC LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 1

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 69.0 - 218.2 INWC SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 68.8 - 217.9 INWC SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 68.9 - 218.0 INWC SR 4.3.1.1 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 2.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 69.0 - 218.2 INWC SR 4.3.1.1 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 2.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 73.3 - 218.2 INWC SR 4.3.1.1 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 2.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 596.4 INWC SR 4.3.1.1 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 2.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 627.2 INWC SR 4.3.1.1 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 2.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 180.0 INWC SR 4.3.1.1 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 2.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 264.0 INWC SR 4.3.1.1 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 2.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5

-100.0 - 650.0 INWC 4.3.4.1.1 4.3.4.1.1 4.3.4.1.2 4.3.4.1.2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5

-100.0 - 650.0 INWC SR 4.3.4.1.1 SR 4.3.4.1.1 SR 4.3.4.1.2 SR 4.3.4.1.2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 180.0 INWC SR 4.3.4.1.1 SR 4.3.4.1.1 SR 4.3.4.1.2 SR 4.3.4.1.2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 554.2 INWC LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 2

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.F Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.F Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 125.0 INWC SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.F Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.F Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 403.5 INWC SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 2 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 141.9 INWC LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 3

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 136.72 INWC SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5

-100 - 1200 INWC LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 4

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5

-100 - 1200 INWC SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 10 psi LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 5

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.5.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 10 psi SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 267.73 psid SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 267.73 psid SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.5.2 Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 267.73 psid LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 6

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.4.4-1 Function 6 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 267.73 psid SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 7 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 267.73 psid SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 4 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 3 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 267.73 psid SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 9 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 10 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 267.73 psid SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 267.73 psid SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 3 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 267.73 psid SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 4 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 267.73 psid SR 4.5.1.C.4 4.5.1.C.4 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0.0 - 267.73 psid SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB5 0 - 10 psig SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB6 0 - 30 psi SR 4.5.1.C.5 SR 4.5.2.1 Same Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB6 0 - 200 psig SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.D Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.D Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB7 2.0 - 502.0 psig SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.D Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.D Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB7 N/A SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.D Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.D Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB7 1.0 - 501.0 psig SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.D Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.D Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB7 0.0 - 500.0 psig SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.D Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.D Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB7 36 - 1536 psig SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.C Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.C Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153DB8 37 - 1537 psig LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 7

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 7 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 7 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB5 37 - 1237 psig SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.I Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.I Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB5 37 - 1237 psig SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.I Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.I Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB5 37 - 1537 psig SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 6 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB5 37 - 1537 psig SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 5 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB5 37 - 1537 psig SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.D Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.D Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB6 6 - 702 psig SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.D Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.D Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB6 6 - 702 psig SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.D Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.D Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB6 0 - 1200 psig SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.D Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.D Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB6 0 - 1200 psig LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 8

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.C Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.C Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB7

-37.650 INWC (single point calibration)

SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.C Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.C Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB7 1068 psig (single point calibration)

SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.C Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.C Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB7 1068 psig (single point calibration)

SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.C Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.C Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB7 0 - 3000 psig (single point calibration performed at 572.5 psig)

SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.C Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.C Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB7 0 - 3000 psig (single point calibration performed at 572.5 psig)

SR 4.4.3.2.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.2.1 Same Same Same Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB8 0.0 INWC (single point calibration)

SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.E Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB8 0.0 INWC (single point calibration)

SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.E Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB8 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 13.73 mADC)

SR 4.4.3.2.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 Same Same Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB8 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 13.73 mADC)

SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.D Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.D Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB8 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 13.73 mADC)

SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.D Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.D Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB8 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 13.70 mADC)

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 9

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 1 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB9 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 15.47 mADC)

SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 1 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB9 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 15.47 mADC)

SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 3 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 3 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB9 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 14.105 mADC)

SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 3 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 3 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB9 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 12.53 mADC)

SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.4.2.2.1.B SR 4.4.2.2.1.B SR 4.4.2.2.1.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.

Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.C Same Same Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB9 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 5.60 mADC)

SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.C Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.C Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB9 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 5.60 mADC)

SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.C Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.C Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB9 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 6.69 mADC)

SR 4.3.4.1.1 SR 4.3.4.1.1 SR 4.3.4.1.2 SR 4.3.4.1.2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB9 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 6.69 mADC)

SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.4.2.1 Table 3.3.1.1-1 Footnote J Table 3.3.4.2-1 Footnote B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB9 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 6.69 mADC)

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 10

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.4.2.1 Table 3.3.1.1-1 Footnote J Table 3.3.4.2-1 Footnote B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB9 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 10.15 mADC)

SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.C Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.C Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 1153GB9 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 10.15 mADC)

SR 4.3.4.1.1 SR 4.3.4.1.1 SR 4.3.4.1.2 SR 4.3.4.1.2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

General Electric Analog Trip Module 147D8505G007 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 13.73 mADC)

SR 4.3.4.1.1 SR 4.3.4.1.1 SR 4.3.4.1.2 SR 4.3.4.1.2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

General Electric Analog Trip Module 147D8505G007 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 7.33 mADC)

SR 4.3.4.1.1 SR 4.3.4.1.1 SR 4.3.4.1.2 SR 4.3.4.1.2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

General Electric Analog Trip Module 147D8505G007 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 6.69 mADC)

SR 4.3.4.1.1 SR 4.3.4.1.1 SR 4.3.4.1.2 SR 4.3.4.1.2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

General Electric Analog Trip Module 147D8505G007 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 4.160 mADC)

SR 4.3.4.1.1 SR 4.3.4.1.1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.1-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

General Electric Analog Trip Module 147D8505G007 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 6.40 mADC)

SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 SR 4.3.4.2.1 SR 4.3.4.2.2 SR 4.3.4.2.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 10 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 10 Table 4.3.4.2.1-1 Function 2 Table 4.3.4.2.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.2.1-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

General Electric Nuclear Energy 184C4770P001 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 15.060 mADC)

SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.D Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.D Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Gould Brown Boveri Level Transmitters (PD-3218-100) 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 12.53 mADC)

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 11

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.I Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.I Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 3153NG3 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 14.105 mADC)

SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.I Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.I Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 3153NG3 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 11.2 mADC)

SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 6 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Tobar Pressure Transmitter 32PA1212 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 9.185 mADC)

SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 5 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Tobar Pressure Transmitter 32PA1212 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 12.0 mADC)

SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 5 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 3153NA4 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 18.595 mADC)

SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 8.A Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 8A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Magnetrol Level Switches 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 18.945 mADC)

LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 12

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 8.A Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 8A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Magnetrol Level Switches 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 12.0 mADC)

SR 4.3.6 Table 4.3.6-1 Function 5.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Magnetrol Level Switches 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 13.575 mADC)

SR 4.3.6 Table 4.3.6-1 Function 5.A Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Magnetrol Level Switches 4-20 mADC (single point calibration performed at 11.2 mADC)

SR 4.4.3.2.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.2.1 Same Same Same Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Master and Slave 1 point entry @ 294.6 in H20 SR 4.4.3.2.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.2.1 Same Same Same Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Master and Slave 1 - 5 VDC SR 4.4.3.2.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.2.1 Same Same Same Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Master and Slave N/A SR 4.4.3.2.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.2.1 Same Same Same Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Master and Slave

-5.00 - 5.00 psig SR 4.4.3.2.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.2.1 Same Same Same Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Master and Slave 1 - 5 VDC SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 12 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Master and Slave 45 - 255 °F LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 13

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 2 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 1 - 5 VDC SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.G Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 4 - 20 mADC LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 14

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 1 - 5 VDC SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.G Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 1 - 5 VDC SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 7 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 7 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 1 - 5 VDC LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 15

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 7 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 7 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 4 - 20 mADC SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 3 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 3 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 4 - 20 mADC SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 3 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 3 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 1 - 5 VDC SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 3 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 3 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 1 point entry @ 2.875%

closed SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.I Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.I Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 1 point entry @ 2.875%

closed LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 16

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.I Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.I Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 1 point entry @ 2.875%

closed SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.I Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 1 - 5 VDC LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 17

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.G Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 4 - 20 mADC SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.5.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.G Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 4 - 20 mADC LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 18

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.G Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 4 - 20 mADC SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.F Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.F Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 1 - 5 VDC SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.5.1.C.2.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.D Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.D Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 1 - 5 VDC SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.D Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.D Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave

-5 to 5 psig LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 19

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 2 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 1 - 5 VDC SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 1 - 5 VDC LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 20

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave

-5 to 5 psig SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 1 - 5 VDC LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 21

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 2 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 45 - 255 °F input 4 - 20 mADC output SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 45 - 255 °F input 4 - 20 mADC output LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 22

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 45 - 255 °F input 4 - 20 mADC output SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 45 - 255 °F input 4 - 20 mADC output SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 5.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 45 - 255 °F input 4 - 20 mADC output SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 6.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 45 - 255 °F input 4 - 20 mADC output LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 23

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.G Footnote A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.F Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.D Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.E Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.G Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.F Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.G Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.C Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 45 - 255 °F input 4 - 20 mADC output SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.G Footnote A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.F Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.D Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.E Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.G Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.F Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 45 - 255 °F input 4 - 20 mADC output SR 4.5.1.C.5 SR 4.5.2.1 Same Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 45 - 255 °F input 4 - 20 mADC output SR 4.4.3.2.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.2.1 Same Same Same Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 45 - 255 °F input 4 - 20 mADC output LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 24

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.4.3.2.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.2.1 Same Same Same Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 4 - 20 mADC SR 4.5.1.C.4 SR 4.5.2.1 Same Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 4 - 20 mADC SR 4.4.3.2.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.1.C.3 SR 4.5.2.1 Same Same Same Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Rosemount 510DU/710DU Slave 1 - 5 VDC SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 2 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Bailey Controls DIV / FRMLY 745210AAAN2 1 - 5 VDC LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 25

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.G Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Bailey Controls DIV / FRMLY 745210AAAN2 1 - 5 VDC SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 1 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Bailey Controls DIV / FRMLY 745210AAAN2 1 - 5 VDC SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 3 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Bailey Controls DIV / FRMLY 745210AAAN2 4 - 20 mADC SR 4.6.4.2.B.2.A Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Bailey Controls DIV / FRMLY 745210AAAN2 0 - 10 VDC SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.4.4-1 Function 6 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Bailey Controls DIV / FRMLY 750010AAAN2 N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 9 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 10 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Bailey Controls DIV / FRMLY 750010AAAN2 N/A SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.7.4.C.1 SR 4.7.4.C.3 Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function C Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function C Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 13 Same Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Fluid Components International Thermal Dispersion Switch FCI / 8-66R N/A SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 5 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX1006N N/A SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 6 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX1006N N/A LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 26

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 1 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX1006N N/A SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX1006N N/A SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.E Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 2 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX1006N N/A LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 27

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.1 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.5.2 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 1.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.A Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 4.G Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function A Table 4.3.5.1-1 Function B Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX1006N N/A SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 7 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX1006N N/A SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 4 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX1006N N/A SR 4.3.3.1 SR 4.3.3.2 SR 4.5.1.C.2.B Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 3.D Table 4.3.3.1-1 Function 2.D Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX1006N N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 4 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 3 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX1006N N/A SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 3 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX1006N N/A SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 3 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 3 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.B Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 7.B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX1006N N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 4 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX1006N N/A SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 10 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX1006N N/A LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 28

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX364 N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 1 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX364 N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 5 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX364 N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 9 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 10 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX364 N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.4.4-1 Function 6 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX364 N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 4 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX364 N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 7 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX364 N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 8 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Yokogawa Corporation DX364 N/A SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 SR 4.3.4.2.1 SR 4.3.4.2.2 SR 4.3.4.2.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 9 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 9 Table 4.3.4.2.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.2.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.2.1-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

General Electric Company EA170-51302 N/A SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 SR 4.3.4.2.1 SR 4.3.4.2.2 SR 4.3.4.2.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 9 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 9 Table 4.3.4.2.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.2.1-1 Function 1 Table 4.3.4.2.1-1 Function 2 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

General Electric Company EA170-51302 N/A LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 29

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.1 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 SR 4.3.2.2 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.G Footnote A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.F Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.A.1 Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 1.D Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 2.E Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.A Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 3.G Table 4.3.2.1-1 Function 4.F Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

OTEK Corporation HI-Q117 N/A SR 4.3.9.1 Table 4.3.9.1-1 Function 1 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

OTEK Corporation HI-Q117 N/A SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 1 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

OTEK Corporation HI-Q117 N/A SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 5 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

OTEK Corporation HI-Q117 N/A SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 6 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

OTEK Corporation HI-Q117 N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 9 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 10 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

OTEK Corporation NISOLC01 N/A SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 4 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

BURR - Brown Research Corp.

PC1-3941 N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 4 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

BURR - Brown Research Corp.

PC1-3941 N/A SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 4 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

BURR - Brown Research Corp.

PC1-3941 N/A SR 4.3.1.1 SR 4.3.1.2 Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 8.B Table 4.3.1.1-1 Function 8B Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Gould Brown Boveri CO PD3218 N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 5 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

NUS Instruments RTD2000-7403 N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 8 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

NUS Instruments RTD2000-7403 N/A SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 7 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

NUS Instruments RTD2000-7403 N/A LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 30

Surveillance Requirement Tech Spec Section/Function Description Manufacturer/Model Desired Range SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 9 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 10 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Bailey Controls DIV / FRMLY RY2330X N/A SR 4.3.6 SR 4.3.6 SR 4.3.7.6.A.2 Table 4.3.6-1 Function 3.B Table 4.3.6-1 Function 3.D Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Bailey Controls DIV / FRMLY RY2330X N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 5 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 4 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Bailey Controls DIV / FRMLY RY2330X N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 SR 4.3.7.5 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 4 Table 4.3.7.5-1 Function 3 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Bailey Controls DIV / FRMLY RY2330X N/A SR 4.3.7.4.1 Table 4.3.7.4-1 Function 11 Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

Schneider Electric Square D Co (9012-ACW-3) Pressure Switch N/A SR 4.3.6 SR 4.3.6 SR 4.3.7.6.A.2 Table 4.3.6-1 Function 3.B Table 4.3.6-1 Function 3.D Same Refer to the LAR Enclosure Section 3.1.1.

General Electric Company Source Range Monitor N/A LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 31 LR-N24-0004 LAR H24-01 Instrument Drift Analysis Guide

PSEG NUCLEAR L.L.C.

TECHNICAL STANDARD ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION SPONSOR DEPARTMENT: PSEG Design Engineering REVISION

SUMMARY

Initial Issue 0

Daniel Spaulding (S&L)

SAP Op 80134080-0730 8/24/2023 Kirklyn Melson (S&L)

SAP Op 80134080-0740 8/28/2023 INDEPENDENT DESIGN REVIEWER/DATE (Print & Sign)

Jeff Schaeffer (PSEG)

Ashok Bhuta (PSEG)

SAP Op 80134080-0750 8/25/2023 PSEG ACCEPTANCE REVIEW (Print & Sign)

Audrey Baricko SAP Op 80134080-0760 8/30/2023 I&C BRANCH DESIGN ENGINEERING MANAGER (Print & Sign)

REV.

PREPARER/DATE (Print & Sign)

REVIEWER/DATE (Print & Sign)

APPROVERS/DATE (Print & Sign)

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 1 OF 57

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 2 OF 57 Rev. 0 ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page

1. BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE....................................................................................... 3
2. DRIFT ANALYSIS SCOPE................................................................................................. 4
3. RESPONSIBILITIES........................................................................................................... 5
4. DEFINITIONS..................................................................................................................... 6
5. METHODOLOGY DISCUSSION...................................................................................... 11
6. REFERENCES................................................................................................................. 57 Table 1 - 95%/95% Tolerance Interval Factors (Per Table VII(a) of Ref. 7.9).......................... 14 Table 2 - Critical Values for the t-Test (Two-Sided)................................................................ 22 Table 3 - Population Percentages for a Normal Distribution................................................... 31 Table 4-Percentiles of the t Distribution (t0.025,df).................................................................... 41 Table 5 - Factors for Two-Sided Tolerance Limits for Normal Distribution (K Values)............ 42

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 3 OF 57 Rev. 0

1.

BACKGROUND AND PURPOSE Calibration reduction programs have great cost-savings potential at all nuclear plants. EPRI Report NP 6067, Surveillance of Instrumentation Channels at Nuclear Power Plants, Volume 1: Methods for Reducing Costs, notes that optimizing test and calibration intervals is ranked highest of the evaluated cost reduction approaches for feasibility and also has among the highest projected annual savings.

The objective of this Technical Standard is to provide the necessary detail and guidance to perform drift analyses using past calibration history data for the purposes of:

Quantifying component/loop drift characteristics within defined probability limits to gain an understanding of the expected behavior for the component/loop by evaluating past performance Estimating component/loop drift for integration into setpoint calculations Analysis aid for reliability centered maintenance practices (e.g., optimizing calibration frequency)

Establishing a technical basis for extending calibration and surveillance intervals using historical calibration data Trending device performance based on extended surveillance intervals Generic Letter 91-04 (GL 91-04) (Reference 6.11) requires that historical As-Found and As-Left calibration data be evaluated to determine instrumentation drift effects. Enclosure 2 of GL 91-04 specifically states that This data should allow the determination of instrument drift for those instruments that perform safety functions including providing the capability for safe shutdown.

Evaluation of historical instrument calibration data provides a means of characterizing the performance of an instrument or group of instruments. The objective is to gain an understanding of the instruments' expected behavior by analyzing its past performance. The performance data can then be used to confirm that the values of drift for each instrument type and application have been determined with a high probability and a high degree of confidence (typically 95%/95%) for a bounding calibration interval of 30 months (or longer if necessary).

This document, which is only applicable to Hope Creek, describes, and provides examples of, the methodology to be used for characterizing instrument drift from As-Found/As-Left calibration data with a high probability and a high degree of confidence.

The evaluation of this drift data will satisfy the requirements of NRC GL 91-04 Enclosure 2, Items 2 and 3 (Reference 6.11).

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 4 OF 57 Rev. 0

2.

DRIFT ANALYSIS SCOPE The scope of this Technical Standard is limited to the calculation of the expected performance for a component, group of components or loop, utilizing past calibration data.

Drift Calculations are the final product of the data analysis. The output from the Drift Calculations may be used directly as input to setpoint or loop accuracy calculations.

However, if desired, the output may be compared to the design values used within setpoint and loop accuracy calculations to show that the existing design approach is conservative.

The approaches described within this Technical Standard can be applied to all devices that are surveilled or calibrated where As-Found and As-Left data is recorded. The scope of this Technical Standard includes, but is not limited to, the following list of devices:

Transmitters (Differential Pressure, Flow, Level, Pressure, Temperature, etc.)

Bistables (Master & Slave Trip Units, Alarm Units, etc.)

Indicators Switches (Differential Pressure, Flow, Level, Position, Pressure, Temperature, etc.)

Signal Conditioners/Converters (Summers, E/P Converters, Square Root Converters, etc.)

Recorders (Temperature, Pressure, Flow, Level, etc.)

Monitors & Modules (Radiation, Neutron, H2O2, Pre-Amplifiers, etc.)

Relays (Time Delay, Undervoltage, Overvoltage, etc.)

Digital failure modes which could affect indicator drift are measured by the As-Found / As-Left drift analysis or would have been identified by the calibration process. Other potential failure modes of digital equipment are not relevant to this document.

Note that a given device or device type may be justified not to require drift analysis in accordance with this Technical Standard, if appropriate.

The basis, methodologies and guidance provided in this document can be utilized to satisfy the requirements of GL 91-04 (Reference 6.11). The intent of this document is to provide the user with a uniform, consistent, and justifiable approach to performing and documenting statistical analysis necessary to support the use of As-Left to As-Found drift in instrument uncertainty and setpoint calculations.

The methodologies and philosophies detailed by this document are consistent with the guidance provided by EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2), Guidelines for Instrument Calibration Extension/Reduction Programs (Reference 6.1).

3.

RESPONSIBILITIES 3.1.

Engineering - use the guidance in this Technical Standard when performing instrument drift determinations.

0 PSEG Nuclear UC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 5 OF 57 Rev.0 NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

4.

DEFINITIONS 4.1.

95%/95% - Standard statistics term meaning that the results have a 95 percent probability with a 95 percent confidence. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.2.

Analyzed Drift (DA) - A term representing the errors determined by a completed drift analysis for a group. Uncertainties that may be represented by the analyzed drift term are component reference accuracy, input and output M&TE errors, personnel-induced or human related errors, ambient temperature and other environmental effects, power supply effects, misapplication errors and true component drift. (Section 5.10) 4.3.

As-Found (AF) - The condition in which a channel, or portion of a channel, is found after a period of operation and before recalibration (if necessary). Reference 6.6, ANSI/ISA-S67.04.01 -2018.

4.4.

As-Left (AL) - The condition in which a channel, or portion of a channel, is left after calibration or final setpoint device setpoint verification. Reference 6.6, ANSI/ISA-S67.04.01-2018.

4.5.

Bias (B) - A shift in the signal zero point by some amount. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.6.

Calibrated Span (CS) - The maximum calibrated upper range value less the minimum calibrated lower range value. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.7.

Calibration Interval - The elapsed time between the initiation or successful completion of calibrations or calibration checks on the same instrument, channel, instrument loop, or other specified system or device. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.8.

Confidence Interval - An interval that contains the population parameter (e.g., mean) to a given probability. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.9.

Coverage Analysis - An analysis to determine whether the assumption of a normal distribution effectively bounds the data. A histogram is used to graphically portray the coverage analysis. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.10.

D-Prime (D') Test - A test to verify the assumption of normality for moderate to large sample sizes (greater than 50 samples). Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2), Reference 6.3 ANSI N15.15-1974.

4Property "ANSI code" (as page type) with input value "ANSI N15.15-1974.</br></br>4" contains invalid characters or is incomplete and therefore can cause unexpected results during a query or annotation process..11.

Dependent - In statistics, dependent events are those for which the probability of all occurring at once is different than the product of the probabilities of each occurring separately. In setpoint determination, dependent uncertainties are those uncertainties for which the sign or magnitude of one uncertainty affects the sign or magnitude of another uncertainty. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

0 PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 6 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

4.12.

Drift - An undesired change in output over a period of time, which is unrelated to the input, environment, or load. A variation in sensor or instrument channel output that may occur between calibrations that cannot be related to changes in the process variable or environmental conditions. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2),

Reference 6.6, ANSI/ISA-S67.04.01-2018.

4.13.

Error - The algebraic difference between the indicated and the ideal value of the measured signal. Reference 6.6, ANSI/ISA-S67.04.01-2018.

4.14.

Final Data Set (FDS) - The set of data that is analyzed for normality, time dependence, and used to determine the drift value. This data has all outliers and erroneous data removed, as allowed. (Section 5.6.3) 4.15.

Functionally Equivalent - Instruments with similar design and performance characteristics that can be combined to form a single population for analysis purposes. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.16.

Histogram - A graph of a frequency distribution. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.17.

Independent - In statistics, independent events are those in which the probability of all occurring at once is the same as the product of the probabilities of each occurring separately. In setpoint determination, independent uncertainties are those for which the sign or magnitude of one uncertainty does not affect the sign or magnitude of any other uncertainty. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.18.

Instrument Channel - An arrangement of components and modules as required to generate a single protective action signal when required by a plant condition. A channel loses its identity where single protective action signals are combined. Reference 6.6, ANSI/ISA-S67.04.01-2018.

4.19.

Instrument Range - The region between the limits within which a quantity is measured, received, or transmitted, expressed by stating the lower and upper range values. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.20.

Kurtosis - A characterization of the relative peakedness or flatness of a distribution compared to a normal distribution. A large kurtosis indicates a relatively peaked distribution and a small kurtosis indicates a relatively flat distribution. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.21.

M&TE - Measurement and Test Equipment. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.22.

Maximum Span - The instrument's maximum upper range limit less the maximum lower range limit. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

0 PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 7 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

4.23.

Mean - The average value of a random sample or population. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.24.

Median - The value of the middle number in an ordered set of numbers. Half the numbers have values that are greater than the median and half have values that are less than the median. If the data set has an even number, the median is the average of the two middle numbers. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.25.

Module - Any assembly of interconnected components that constitutes an identifiable device, instrument, or piece of equipment. A module can be removed as a unit and replaced with a spare. It has definable performance characteristics that permit it to be tested as a unit. Reference 6.2, ISA-RP67.04.02-2010.

4.26.

Normality Adjustment Factor - A multiplier to be used for the standard deviation of the Final Data Set to provide a drift model that adequately covers the population of drift points in the Final Data Set. (Section 5.7.4) 4.27.

Normality Test - A statistics test to determine if a sample is normally distributed. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.28.

Outlier - A data point significantly different in value from the rest of the sample. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.29.

Population - The totality of the observations with which we are concerned. A true population consists of all values, past, present, and future. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.30.

Probability - The branch of mathematics which deals with the assignment of relative frequencies of occurrence of the possible outcomes of a process or experiment according to some mathematical function. The probability of an event is the relative frequency of occurrences of that event with respect to all occurrences. Reference 6.10, Statistics for Nuclear Engineers and Scientists Part 1: Basic Statistical Inference.

4.31.

Prob. Density Function - An expression of the distribution of probability for a continuous function. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.32.

Probability Plot (Graph) - A graph scaled for a particular distribution in which the sample data will plot as approximately a straight line if the data follows that distribution. For example, normally distributed data will plot as a straight line on a probability plot scaled for a normal distribution; the data may not appear as a straight line on a graph scaled for a different type of distribution. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

0 PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 8 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

4.33.

Proportion - A segment of a population that is contained by an upper and lower limit.

Tolerance intervals determine the bounds or limits of a proportion of the population, not just the sampled data. The proportion (P) is the second term in the tolerance interval value (e.g.

95%/99%). Reference 6.10, Statistics for Nuclear Engineers and Scientists Part 1: Basic Statistical Inference.

4.34.

Random - Describing a variable whose value at a particular future instant cannot be predicted exactly but can only be estimated by a probability distribution function. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.35.

Raw Data - As-Found minus As-Left calibration data used to characterize the performance of a functionally equivalent group of components. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.36.

Reference Accuracy - A number or quantity that defines a limit that errors will not exceed when a device is used under specified operating conditions. Reference 6.6, ANSI/ISA-S67.04.01-2006.

4.37.

Sample -A subset of a population. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.38.

Sensor - The portion of an instrument channel that responds to changes in a process variable and converts the measured process variable into an instrument signal. Reference 6.6, ANSI/ISA-S67.04.01-2018.

4.39.

Signal Conditioning - One or more modules that perform signal conversion, buffering, isolation, or mathematical operations on the signal as needed. Reference 6.2, ISA-RP67.04.02-2010.

4.40.

Skewness - A measure of the degree of symmetry around the mean. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.41.

Span - The region between the limits within which a quantity is measured, received, or transmitted, expressed by stating the lower-and upper-range values. The region for which a device is calibrated and verified to be operable. If a device is calibrated over its entire range, the span equals its range. The algebraic difference between the upper and lower values of a calibrated range is also known as the span. Reference 6.1, EPR I 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2), Reference 6.2, ISA-RP67.04.02-2010.

4.42.

Standard Deviation - A measure of how widely values are dispersed from the population mean. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.43.

Surveillance Interval - The elapsed time between the initiation or successful completion of a surveillance or surveillance check on the same instrument, channel, instrument loop, or other specified system or device. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

0 PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 9 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

4.44.

Time-Dependent Drift - The tendency for the magnitude of instrument drift to vary with time. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.45.

Time-Dependent Drift Uncertainty - The uncertainty associated with extending calibration intervals beyond the range of available historical data for a given instrument or group of instruments. (Section 5.11) 4.46.

Time-Independent Drift - The tendency for the magnitude of instrument drift to show no specific trend with time. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.47.

Tolerance - The allowable variation from a specified or true value. Reference 6.2, ISA-RP67.04.02-2010.

4.48.

Tolerance Interval - An interval that contains a defined proportion of the population to a given probability. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.49.

Trip Setpoint - A predetermined value for actuation of a final setpoint device to initiate a protective action. Reference 6.2, ISA-RP67.04.02-2010.

4.50.

Turndown Factor (TDF) - The upper range limit divided by the calibrated span of the device. Reference 6.2, ISA-RP67.04.02-2010 (Year 2000 Version of this reference).

4.51.

t-Test - For this Technical Standard the t-Test is used to determine: 1) if a sample is an outlier of a sample pool, and 2) if two groups of data originate from the same pool.

Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.52.

Uncertainty - The amount to which an instrument channel's output is in doubt (or the allowance made therefore) due to possible errors either random or systematic which have not been corrected for. The uncertainty is generally identified within a probability and confidence level. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.53.

Variance - A measure of how widely values are dispersed from the population mean.

Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2).

4.54.

W Test - A test to verify the assumption of normality for sample sizes less than or equal to

50. Reference 6.1, EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2), Reference 6.3, ANSI N15.15-1974.

0Property "ANSI code" (as page type) with input value "ANSI N15.15-1974.</br></br>0" contains invalid characters or is incomplete and therefore can cause unexpected results during a query or annotation process. PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 10 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

5.

5.1.

METHODOLOGY DISCUSSION Methodology Options This Technical Standard is written to provide the methodology necessary for the analysis of As-Found versus As-Left calibration data, as a means of characterizing the performance of a component or group of components via the following methods:

Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) has developed a guideline to provide nuclear plants with practical methods for analyzing historic component calibration data to predict component performance via a simple spreadsheet program (e.g., Excel, Lotus 1-2-3). This Technical Standard is written in close adherence to the EPRI guideline, Reference 6.1. The Nuclear Regulatory Commission reviewed Revision O of Reference 6.1 and had a list of concerns documented in Reference 6.4. These concerns prompted the issuance of Revision 1 to Reference 6.1. Revision 2 of Reference 6.1 was issued to address an error in outlier detection, to provide clarity on certain approaches, and to address the NRC concerns from Revision 0. Appendix E of Reference 6.1 addresses each N RC concern individually and provides the resolution for generic issues.

5.2.

Data Analysis Discussion The following data analysis methods were evaluated for use:

1) As-Found Versus Setpoint,
2) Worst Case As-Found Versus As-Left,
3) Combined Calibration Data Points Analysis, and
4) As-Found Versus As-Left.

The evaluation concluded that the As-Found versus As-Left methodology provided results that were more representative of the data and has been chosen for use by this Technical Standard. Statistical tests not covered by this Technical Standard may be utilized, provided the Engineer performing the analysis adequately justifies the use of the tests.

As-Found Versus As-Left Calibration Data Analysis The As-Found versus As-Left calibration data analysis is based on calculating drift by subtracting the previous As-Left component setting from the current As-Found setting. Each calibration point is treated as an independent set of data for purposes of characterizing drift across the full, calibrated span of the component/loop. By evaluating As-Found versus As-Left data for a component/loop or a similar group of components/loops, the following information may be obtained:

The typical component/loop drift between calibrations (Random in nature)

Any tendency for the component/loop to drift in a particular direction (Bias)

Any tendency for the component/loop drift to increase in magnitude over time (Time Dependency) 0 PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 11 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

Confirmation that the selected setting or calibration tolerance is appropriate or achievable for the component/loop General Features of As-Found Versus As-Left Analysis The methodology evaluates historical calibration data only. The method does not monitor on-line component output; data is obtained from component calibration records.

Present and future performance is predicted based on statistical analysis of past performance.

Data is readily available from component calibration records. Data can be analyzed from plant startup to the present or only more recent data can be evaluated.

Since only historical data is evaluated, the method is not intended as a tool to identify individual faulty components, although it can be used to demonstrate that a particular component model or application historically performs poorly.

A similar class of components, i.e., same make, model, or application, is evaluated.

For example, the method can determine the drift of all analog indicators of a certain type installed in the control room.

The methodology is less suitable for evaluating the drift of a single component over time, due to statistical analysis penalties that occur with smaller sample sizes. It is acceptable to analyze two components with multiple data points. However, the user should seek to maximize the size of groups of components whenever possible.

The methodology obtains a value of drift for a particular model, loop, or function that can be used in component or loop uncertainty and setpoint calculations.

The methodology is designed to support the analysis of longer calibration intervals and is consistent with Nuclear Regulatory Committee (NRC) expectations described in Reference 6.11 (NRC Generic Letter 91 -04). Values for instrument drift developed in accordance with this Technical Standard are to be applied in accordance with Reference 6.7 (HC.DE-TS.ZZ-1001) and Error! Reference source not found. (CC-A A-309, Rev. 12), as appropriate.

5.3.

Tolerance Interval This Technical Standard recommends a single confidence interval level to be used for performing data analyses and the associated calculations.

NOTE: The default Tolerance Interval Factor (TIF) for all Drift Calculations, performed using this Technical Standard, is chosen for a 95%/95% probability and confidence, although this is not specifically required in every situation. This term means that the results have a 95%

confidence (y) that at least 95% of the population lies between the stated interval (P) for a sample size (n). Extrapolating the drift value for the extended time between surveillance is based on the assumption that future drift values will also be within the calculated drift interval 95% of the time. Components that perform functions that support a specific Technical Specification (or other licensing basis requirements document) value, or are 0 PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 12 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

associated with the safety analysis assumptions or inputs, are always analyzed at a 95%/95% tolerance interval. Components/loops that fall into this level must:

Be included in the data group (or be justified to apply the results per the guidance of Reference 6.1) if the analyzed drift value is to be applied to the component/loop in a Setpoint/Uncertainty Calculation, use the 95%/95% TIF for determination of the Analyzed Drift term (see Section 5.4 and Table 1 - 95%/95% Tolerance Interval Factors), and be evaluated in the Setpoint/Uncertainty Calculation for application of the Analyzed Drift term. (For example, the DA term may include the normal temperature effects for a given device, but due to the impossibility of separating out that specific term, an additional temperature uncertainty may be included in the Setpoint/Uncertainty Calculation.)

5.4.

Calibration Data Collection Sources of Data The sources of data to perform a drift analysis are quality records created by Surveillance Tests, Calibration Procedures, and other calibration processes (calibration files, calibration sheets for Balance of Plant devices, Preventative Maintenance, etc.).

How Much Data to Collect The goal is to collect enough data for the instrument or group of instruments to make a statistically valid pool. There is no hard fast number that must be attained for any given pool, but a minimum of 30 data points must be attained before the drift analysis can be performed without additional justification. As a general rule, drift analyses should not be performed for sample sizes of less than 20 data points. If there are more than approximately 200 data points, there is no significant improvement in the statistical rigor of the analysis. For data sets that have less than 20 data points or for components that are new or replaced and data points are not available, vendor data can be used to establish drift data. See Section 5.12 for additional direction. Table 1 provides the 95%/95% TIF for various sample pool sizes (data points); it should be noted that the smaller the pool the larger the penalty.

0 PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 13 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 14 OF 57 Rev. 0 Table 1 - 95%/95% Tolerance Interval Factors (Per Table VII(a) of Ref. 6.10)

Sample Size 95%/95%

Sample Size 95%/95% Sample Size 95%/95%

2 37.674 23 2.673 120 2.205 3

9.916 24 2.651 130 2.194 4

6.370 25 2.631 140 2.184 5

5.079 26 2.612 150 2.175 6

4.414 27 2.595 160 2.167 7

4.007 30 2.549 170 2.160 8

3.732 35 2.490 180 2.154 9

3.532 40 2.445 190 2.148 10 3.379 45 2.408 200 2.143 11 3.259 50 2.379 250 2.121 12 3.162 55 2.354 300 2.106 13 3.081 60 2.333 400 2.084 14 3.012 65 2.315 500 2.070 15 2.954 70 2.299 600 2.060 16 2.903 75 2.285 700 2.052 17 2.858 80 2.272 800 2.046 18 2.819 85 2.261 900 2.040 19 2.784 90 2.251 1000 2.036 20 2.752 95 2.241 1.960 21 2.723 100 2.233 22 2.697 110 2.218 Different information may be needed, depending on the analysis purpose, therefore, the total population of components - all makes, models, and applications that are to be analyzed must be known (e.g., all Rosemount transmitters).

Once the total population of components is known, the components should be separated into functionally equivalent groups. Each grouping is treated as a separate population for analysis purposes. For example, start with all Rosemount Differential Pressure Transmitters as the initial group and break them down into various sub-groups - Different Range Codes, Large vs. Small Turn Down Factors (TDF), Level vs. Flow applications, etc. Note that TDF is significant, since drift is specified as a percent of Upper Range Limit for Rosemount transmitters.

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 15 OF 57 Rev. 0 Where the number of data points is so enormous that the data acquisition task would be prohibitive, not all components or available calibration data points need to be analyzed within each group in order to establish statistical performance limits for the group.

Acquisition of data should be considered from different perspectives.

For each grouping, a large enough sample of components should be randomly selected from the population, so there is assurance that the evaluated components are representative of the entire population. By randomly selecting the components and confirming that the behavior of the randomly selected components is similar, a basis for not evaluating the entire population can be established. As an alternative, a sample of the latest data can be used to determine the required data. The random sample must contain more than one component and provide a statistical sample of the data.

For each selected component in the sample, enough historic calibration data should be provided to ensure that the components performance over time is understood.

If the data from the entire population of instruments are not being analyzed, a randomized selection process, not dependent upon engineering judgment, should be used. This selection process should have three steps.

1) All data for the chosen instrument grouping is selected, regardless of the age of the data.
2) A proportion of the applicable data is chosen by automated random selection, ensuring that the data records for single instruments are complete, and enough individual instruments are included to constitute a statistically diverse sample.
3) The amount of data analyzed, and the method used to select the data, are documented.

Due to the difficulty of determining the total sample set, developing specific sampling criteria is difficult. A sampling method must be used which ensures that various instruments calibrated at different frequencies are included. The sampling method must also ensure that the different component types, operating conditions, and other influences on drift are included. Because of the difficulty in developing a valid sampling program, it is often simpler to evaluate all available data for the required instrumentation within the chosen time period. This eliminates changing sample methods, should groups be combined or split, based on plant conditions or performance. For the purposes of this Technical Standard, specific justification in the Drift Calculation is required to document any sampling plan.

5.5.

Categorizing Calibration Data 5.5.1.

Grouping Calibration Data One analysis goal should be to combine functionally equivalent components (components with similar design and performance characteristics) into a single group. In some cases, all components of a particular manufacturer and model can be combined into a single sample.

In other cases, virtually no grouping of data beyond a particular component make, model, and specific span or application may be possible. Some examples of possible groupings include, but are not limited to, the following:

Small Groupings All devices of same manufacturer, model, and range, covered by the same Surveillance Test All trip units used to monitor a specific parameter (assuming that all trip units are the same manufacturer, model, and range)

Larger Groupings All transmitters of a specific manufacturer, model that have similar spans and performance requirements All control room isolators with functionally equivalent model numbers All control room analog indicators of a specific manufacturer and model Instrument Categorizing The number of Drift Calculations/ Evaluations should be determined based on the manufacture/model number, and exposed environmental condition of instrumentation appearing in the surveillance procedures that are linked to a Technical Specification requirement. All same model number instruments should be grouped together and separated based on the exposed location. Statistical tests may be performed to see if separation by location is necessary. Combination of the data is preferred if the statistical tests show similar performance.

All instruments locations should be identified using the plant database and those instruments are in one of the three buildings:

1. Auxiliary Building
2. Turbine Building (including the Control Room)
3. Containment Building The normal operating conditions in Auxiliary, Turbine, and Containment buildings are different. Therefore, separate calculations could need to be performed for different buildings if statistical tests show that it is unacceptable to combine the data for analysis.

0 PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 16 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 17 OF 57 Rev. 0 5.5.2.

Rationale for Grouping Components into a Larger Sample A single component analysis may result in too few data points to make statistically meaningful performance predictions.

Smaller sample sizes associated with a single component may unduly penalize performance predictions by applying a larger TIF to account for the smaller data set.

Larger sample sizes reflect a greater understanding and assurance of representative data that in turn, reduces the uncertainty factor.

Large groupings of components into a sample set for a single population ultimately allows the user to state the plant-specific performance for a particular make and model of component. For example, the user may state, Main Steam Flow Transmitters have historically drifted by less than 1%, or All Control Room indicators of a particular make and model have historically drifted by less than 1.5%.

An analysis of smaller sample sizes is more likely to be influenced by non-representative variations of a single component (outliers).

Grouping similar components together, rather than analyzing them separately, is more efficient and minimizes the number of separate calculations that must be maintained.

5.5.3.

Considerations When Combining Components into a Single Group Grouping components together into a sample set for a single population does not have to become a complicated effort. Most components can be categorized readily into the appropriate population. Consider the following guidelines when grouping functionally equivalent components together.

If performed on a type-of-component basis, component groupings should usually be established down to the manufacturer and model, as a minimum. For example, data from Rosemount and Foxboro transmitters should not be combined in the same drift analysis. The principles of operation are different for the various manufacturers and combining the data could mask some trend for one type of component. However, it might be desirable to combine groups of components for certain calculations. If dissimilar component types are combined, a separate analysis of each component type should still be completed to ensure analysis results of the mixed population are not misinterpreted or misapplied.

Sensors of the same manufacturer make and model, but with different calibrated spans or elevated zero points, can possibly still be combined into a single group. For example, a single analysis that determines the drift for all Rosemount pressure transmitters installed onsite might simplify the application of the results. Note that some manufacturers provide a predicted accuracy and drift value for a given component model, regardless of its span. However, the validity of combining components with a variation of span, ranging from tens of pounds to several thousand pounds, should be confirmed.

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 18 OF 57 Rev. 0 Components combined into a single group should be exposed to similar calibration or surveillance conditions, as applicable. Note that the term operating condition was not used in this case. Although it is desirable that the grouped components perform similar functions, the method by which the data is obtained for this analysis is also significant. If half the components are calibrated in the summer at 90°F and the other half in the winter at 40°F, a difference in observed drift between the data for the two sets of components might exist. In many cases, ambient temperature variations are not expected to have a large effect, since the components are located in environmentally controlled areas.

5.5.4.

Verification That Data Grouping Is Appropriate Combining functionally equivalent components into a single group for analysis purposes may simplify the scope of work; however, some level of verification should be performed to confirm that the selected component grouping is appropriate. As an example, the manufacturer may claim the same accuracy and drift specifications for two components of the same model, but with different ranges, e.g., 0-5 PSIG and 0-3000 PSIG. However, in actual application, components of one range may perform differently than components of another range.

A t-Test (two samples assuming unequal variances) should be performed on the proposed components to be grouped. The t-Test returns the probability associated with a Student's t-Test to determine whether the means from two samples are significantly different. The t-Test is performed using the "t-Test: Two-Sample Assuming Unequal Variances" within an Excel spreadsheet with the Hypothesized Mean Difference set to 0, and the level of significance (Alpha) set to 0.05. If the returned t Stat value is less than the returned t Critical two-tail value, the two means are essentially equal. If the proposed group contains 5 sub-groups, the t-Tests should be performed on all possible combinations for the groupings. However, if there is no plausible engineering explanation for the two sets of data being incompatible, the groups can be combined, despite the results of the t-Test. The following formula is used to determine the test statistic value t.

Per Reference 6.1:

Where :

t-Calculated value of the t-statistic n1 - Total number of data points in sample 1 n2-Total number of data points in sample 2 x1 - Mean of sample 1 x2 - Mean of sample 2 s1 - Standard deviation of sample 1 s2 - Standard deviation of sample 2 110 - Hypothesized mean difference The following formula is used to estimate the degrees of freedom (df) for the test statistic.

Per Reference 6.1 :

Where:

(sf + sf )

2 111 11z df =-----

(~~f (~~f

--+~------=-

111 -

1 112 -

1 Terms are as previously defined.

The t-Test may be performed using the "t-Test: Two-Sample Assuming Unequal Variances" analysis tool within Microsoft Excel. The Microsoft Excel output will look similar to the following:

t-Test: Two-Sample Assuming Unequal Variances Mean Variance Observations Hypothesized Mean Difference df t Stat P(T <=t) one-tail t Critical one-tail P(T <=t) two-tail t Critical two-tail Variable 1 Variable 2

-0.017045 0.08413462 0.1008523 0.31185697 11 26 0

32

-0.695517 0.245876 1.6938887 0.4917521 2.0369333 0 PSEG ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE NuclearLLC EXTENSION PAGE 19 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 20 OF 57 Rev. 0 A comparison is made to determine whether the proposed groups of data can be combined for analysis. The t distribution is two-sided in this case, and therefore the t Critical two-tail is used as the criterion. If the absolute value of the t statistic (t Stat) is less than the t Critical two-tail value, then the data can be considered to have very similar means, and can be considered acceptable for combination on that basis.

The F-distribution test should be used to test the equality of two sample variances.

The F statistic is the ratio of the larger to smaller variances of the two samples. The critical value of F can be determined using the Excel FINV function with the probability equal to 0.025, degrees of freedom 1 equal to the number of the samples minus 1 in the group with the larger variance, and the degrees of freedom 2 equal to the number of samples minus 1 in the group with the smaller variance. FINV is endorsed in NUREG-1475 (Reference 6.5), and Excel provides an updated function (F.INV.RT) which may improve accuracy. The arguments for either of the functions are identical, and the functions can be used interchangeably as shown below. If the calculated F statistic is less than or equal to the critical value of F, the two variances are essentially equal. The following formula is used to determine the F statistic value.

Per Reference 6.1:





Where:

Smax - Largest standard deviation of the sample groups Smin - Smallest standard deviation of the sample groups The Excel F.INV.RT function is used to determine the critical value of F:

Fcrit = FINV(0.025, 1, 2) or Fcrit = F.INV.RT(0.025, 1, 2)

Where:

v1 - Number of samples minus 1 in the group with the larger variance v2 - Number of samples minus 1 in the group with the smaller variance

5.5.5.

Examples of Proven Groupings:

All control room indicators receiving a 4-20mAdc (or 1-5Vdc) signal. Notice that a combined grouping may be possible even though the indicators have different indication spans. For example, a 12 mAdc signal should move the indicator pointer to the 50% of span position on each indicator scale, regardless of the span indicated on the face plate.

All control room bistables of similar make or model tested for Technical Specification surveillance. Note that this assumes that all bistables are tested in a similar manner and have the same input range, e.g., a 1-5Vdc or 4-20mAdc spans.

A specific type of pressure transmitter used for similar applications in the plant in which the operating and calibration environment does not vary significantly between applications or location.

A group of transmitters of the same make and model, but with different spans, given that a review confirms that the transmitters of different spans have similar pe rf o rma nee characteristics.

5.6.

Outlier Analysis An outlier is a data point significantly different in value from the rest of the sample. The presence of an outlier or multiple outliers in the sample of component or group data may result in the calculation of a larger than expected sample standard deviation and tolerance interval. Calibration data can contain outliers for several reasons. Outlier analyses can be used in the initial analysis process to help to identify problems with data that require correction. Examples include:

Data Transcription Errors - Calibration data can be recorded incorrectly either on the original calibration data sheet or in the spreadsheet program used to analyze the data.

Calibration Errors - Improper setting of a device at the time of calibration would indicate larger than normal drift during the subsequent calibration.

Measurement and Test Equipment Errors - Improperly selected or mis-calibrated test equipment could indicate drift, when little or no drift was present.

Scaling or Setpoint Changes - Changes in scaling or setpoints can appear in the data as larger than actual drift points unless the change is detected during the data entry or screening process.

Failed Instruments - Calibrations are occasionally performed to verify proper operation due to erratic indications, spurious alarms, etc. These calibrations may be indicative of component failure (not drift), which would introduce errors that are not representative of the device performance during routine conditions.

Design or Application Deficiencies - An analysis of calibration data may indicate a particular component that always tends to drift significantly more than all other similar components installed in the plant. In this case, the component may need an 0 PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 21 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 22 OF 57 Rev. 0 evaluation for the possibility of a design, application, or installation problem.

Including this particular component in the same population as the other similar components may skew the drift analysis results.

5.6.1.

Detection of Outliers There are several methods for determining the presence of outliers. This Technical Standard utilizes the Critical Values for t-Test (Extreme Studentized Deviate). This test is also described by Section 26.5 of NUREG-1475 (Reference 6.5) as a Grubbs test. The t-Test utilizes the values listed in Table 2 with an upper significance level of 5% to compare a given data point against. Note that the critical value of t increases as the sample size increases. This signifies that as the sample size grows, it is more likely that the sample is truly representative of the population. The t-Test assumes that the data is normally distributed.

Because it is desired to detect outliers in two directions (positive and negative), this is considered a two-sided test. The two-sided test values within Table 2 are generally derived from Table T-20 of NUREG-1475 (Reference 6.5), under the column with a significance ()

of 0.025. Table T-20 gives critical values for a one-sided test. Thus, per Section 26.5 of NUREG-1475 (Reference 6.5), the desired significance (0.05) must be divided by two when applying the Table T-20 values for a two-sided test. The value used for populations of 141 through 150 is based on the lookup value of 3.51 for a population of 150 and a 2.5%

significance from Table 7-1 of Reference 6.1. A conservative value of 4 is used for any data population greater than 150.

Table 2 - Critical Values for the t-Test (Two-Sided)

Sample Size 5% Significance Level Sample Size 5% Significance Level 3

1.155 76 3.287 4

1.481 77 3.291 5

1.715 78 3.297 6

1.887 79 3.301 7

2.020 80 3.305 8

2.126 81 3.309 9

2.215 82 3.315 10 2.290 83 3.319 11 2.355 84 3.323 12 2.412 85 3.327 13 2.462 86 3.331 14 2.507 87 3.335 15 2.549 88 3.339 16 2.585 89 3.343 17 2.620 90 3.347 18 2.651 91 3.350 19 2.681 92 3.355

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 23 OF 57 Rev. 0 Sample Size 5% Significance Level Sample Size 5% Significance Level 20 2.709 93 3.358 21 2.733 94 3.362 22 2.758 95 3.365 23 2.781 96 3.369 24 2.802 97 3.372 25 2.822 98 3.377 26 2.841 99 3.380 27 2.859 100 3.383 28 2.876 101 3.386 29 2.893 102 3.390 30 2.908 103 3.393 31 2.924 104 3.397 32 2.938 105 3.400 33 2.952 106 3.403 34 2.965 107 3.406 35 2.979 108 3.409 36 2.991 109 3.412 37 3.003 110 3.415 38 3.014 111 3.418 39 3.025 112 3.422 40 3.036 113 3.424 41 3.046 114 3.427 42 3.057 115 3.430 43 3.067 116 3.433 44 3.075 117 3.435 45 3.085 118 3.438 46 3.094 119 3.441 47 3.103 120 3.444 48 3.111 121 3.447 49 3.120 122 3.450 50 3.128 123 3.452 51 3.136 124 3.455 52 3.143 125 3.457 53 3.151 126 3.460 54 3.158 127 3.462 55 3.166 128 3.465 56 3.172 129 3.467 57 3.180 130 3.470 58 3.186 131 3.473 59 3.193 132 3.475 60 3.199 133 3.478 61 3.205 134 3.480 62 3.212 135 3.482 63 3.218 136 3.484

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 24 OF 57 Rev. 0 Sample Size 5% Significance Level Sample Size 5% Significance Level 64 3.224 137 3.487 65 3.230 138 3.489 66 3.235 139 3.491 67 3.241 140 3.493 68 3.246 141-150 3.510 69 3.252

>150 4.000 70 3.257 71 3.262 72 3.267 73 3.272 74 3.278 75 3.282 5.6.2.

t-Test Outlier Detection Equation Per Reference 6.1:

Where:

- An individual sample data point

- Mean of all sample data points s - Standard deviation of all sample data points t - Calculated value of extreme studentized deviate that is compared to the critical value of the t for the sample size.

5.6.3.

Outlier Expulsion This Technical Standard does not permit multiple outlier tests or passes. The removal of poor quality data as listed in Section 5.6 is not considered removal of outliers, since it is merely assisting in identifying data errors. However, after removal of poor quality data as listed in Section 5.6, certain data points can still appear as outliers when the outlier analysis is performed. These unique outliers are not consistent with the other data collected; and could be judged as erroneous points, which tend to skew the representation of the distribution of the data. However, for the general case, since these outliers may accurately represent instrument performance, only one (1) additional unique outlier (as indicated by the t-Test), may be removed from the drift data. After removal of poor quality data and the removal of the unique outlier (if necessary), the remaining drift data is known as the Final Data Set. It is noted that a reason must be provided in the drift calculation notes for any data removed (poor data or the one unique outlier identified by the t-Test).

For transmitters or other devices with multiple calibration points, the dataset associated with the worst-case calibration point after outlier removal will be used as the final dataset for drift determination. The worst-case calibration point is the point with the largest sum of 2 times

standard deviation and the absolute value of the mean of the point's drift values. A different calibration point can be used for the final dataset only if that is the single point of concern for application of the results of the Drift Calculation. If so, this fact should be stated boldly in the results/ conclusions of the calculation.

The data set basic statistics (i.e., the Mean, Median, Standard Deviation, Variance, Minimum, Maximum, Kurtosis, Skewness, Count and Average Time Interval between Calibrations) should be computed and displayed for the data set prior to removal of the unique outlier and for the Final Data Set, if different.

5.7.

Methods for Verifying Normality A test for normality can be important because many frequently used statistical methods are based upon an assumption that the data is normally distributed. This assumption applies to the analysis of component calibration data also. For example, the following analyses may rely on an assumption that the data is normally distributed:

Determination of a tolerance interval that bounds a stated proportion of the population based on calculation of mean and standard deviation Identification of outliers Pooling of data from different samples into a single population The normal distribution occurs frequently and is an excellent approximation to describe many processes. Testing the assumption of normality is important to confirm that the data appears to fit the model of a normal distribution, but the tests do not prove that the normal distribution is a correct model for the data. At best, it can only be found that the data is reasonably consistent with the characteristics of a normal distribution, and that the treatment of a distribution as normal is conservative. For example, some tests for normality only allow the rejection of the hypothesis that the data is normally distributed. A group of data passing the test does not mean the data is normally distributed; it only means that there is no evidence to say that it is not normally distributed. However, because of the wealth of industry evidence that drift can be conservatively represented by a normal distribution, a group of data passing these tests is considered as normally distributed without adjustments to the standard deviation of the data set.

Distribution-free techniques are available when the data is not normally distributed; however, these techniques are not as well-known and often result in penalizing the results by calculating tolerance intervals that are substantially larger than the normal distribution equivalent. Because of this fact, there is a good reason to demonstrate that the data is normally distributed or can be bounded by the assumption of normality.

Analytically verifying that a sample appears to be normally distributed usually invokes a form of statistics known as hypothesis testing. In general, a hypothesis test includes the following steps:

1) Statement of the hypothesis to be tested and any assumptions
2) Statement of a level of significance to use as the basis for acceptance or rejection of the hypothesis 0 PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 25 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 26 OF 57 Rev. 0

3) Determination of a test statistic and a critical region
4) Calculation of the appropriate statistics to compare against the test statistic
5) Statement of conclusions The following sections discuss various ways in which the assumption of normality can be verified to be consistent with the data or can be claimed to be a conservative representation of the actual data. Analytical hypothesis testing and subjective graphical analyses are discussed. If the analytical hypothesis test (either D Prime (D) or W Test) is passed, the coverage analysis and additional graphical analyses are not required. Because of the consistent approach given for the D Prime (D) and W tests from Reference 6.3, these tests are recommended. The following are descriptions of the methods for assessing normality.

5.7.1.

W Test Reference 6.3 recommends this test for sample sizes less than or equal to 50. The W Test calculates a test statistic value for the sample population and compares the calculated value to the critical values for W, which are tabulated in Reference 6.3. The W Test is a lower-tailed test. Thus, if the calculated value of W is less than the critical value of W, the assumption of normality would be rejected at the stated significance level. If the calculated value of W is larger than the critical value of W, there is no evidence to reject the assumption of normality.

Performing the W Test

1) Order the sample data (Xn) in ascending order from the smallest to largest value. Where X1 = the smallest value and Xn = largest value.
2) Compute the total sum of squares about the mean, S2, for the sample data.

Per Reference 6.1:



Note that S2 equals (n-1) times the variance of the sample data, or (Per Reference 6.1):



Where:

- Sum of Squares about the mean

- Variance of the sample population n - Total number of data points

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 27 OF 57 Rev. 0 Thus, it is usually straightforward to calculate the variance and multiply by (n-1). The term can be calculated from either the ordered or unordered sample data.

3) Calculate the value of (b) for the sample data.

Where:

- Coefficient obtained from Table 1 of Reference 6.3 or Table T-6a of Reference 6.5 x - Sample data point n - Total number of data points i - 1 to k k - n/2 if n is even, or (n-1)/2 if n is odd

4) Calculate the test statistic, W, for the sample data. Per Reference 6.1:





5) The test statistic (W) is compared to the corresponding critical value at the desired level of significance (), which is typically 5%. If the calculated value of W is less than the critical value of W, the assumption of normality would be rejected at the stated significance level. If the calculated value of W is larger than the critical value of W, there is no evidence to reject the assumption of normality. The critical value of W is obtained from Table 2 of Reference 6.3.

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 28 OF 57 Rev. 0 5.7.2.

D-Prime (D) Test Reference 6.3 recommends this test for moderate to large sample sizes, greater than 50.

The D Test calculates a test statistic value for the sample population and compares the calculated value to the values for the D percentage points of the distribution, which are tabulated in Reference 6.3. The D Test is two-sided, which means that the two-sided percentage limits at the stated level of significance must envelop the calculated D value. For the given sample size, the calculated value of D must lie within the two values provided in the Reference 6.3 table in order to accept the hypothesis of normality.

Performing the D Test

1) Calculate the linear combination of the sample group using the following formula. (Note: Data must be placed in ascending order of magnitude, prior to the application of this formula.) Per Reference 6.1:



Where:

- Linear combination

- An individual sample data point i - The sequential number of the data point n - Total number of data points

2) Calculate S2 for the sample group using the following formula (Per Reference 6.1):



Where:

- Sum of Squares about the mean

- Variance of the sample population n - Total number of data points

3) Calculate the D value for the sample group using the following formula (Per Reference 6.1):





4) Finally, evaluate the results. If the D' value lies within the acceptable range of results (for the given data count) per Table 5 of Reference 6.3, for columns showing Probability (P) = 0.025 and 0.975, then the assumption of normality

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 29 OF 57 Rev. 0 is not rejected. These values of P were chosen to obtain a 5% significance

() for the test. If the exact data count is not contained within the tables, the critical value limits for the D' value should be linearly interpolated to the correct data count. If the value lies outside of the range, the assumption of normality is rejected.

5.7.3.

Probability Plots This method of normality determination is subjective and is not required if the numerical method shows the data to be normal, or if a coverage analysis is used. However, probability plots are discussed since a graphical presentation of the data can sometimes reveal possible reasons for why the data is or is not normal. A probability plot is a graph of the sample data with the axes scaled for a normal distribution. If the data is normal, the data tends to follow a straight line. If the data is non-normal, a nonlinear shape should be evident from the graph. The types of probability plots used by this Technical Standard are as follows:

Cumulative Probability Plot - an XY scatter plot of the Final Data Set plotted against the percent probability (Pi) for a normal distribution. Pi is calculated using the following equation (Per Reference 6.1):



Where:

i - Sample number (1, 2, 3, )

n - Sample size NOTE: Refer, as necessary, to Appendix C Section C.4 of Reference 6.1.

Normalized Probability Plot - an XY scatter plot of the Final Data Set plotted against the probability for a normal distribution, expressed in multiples of the standard deviation. Per Appendix C Section C.4 of Reference 6.1, this plot is an alternative method.

5.7.4.

Coverage Analysis A coverage analysis is required for cases in which the hypothesis tests reject the assumption of normality, but the assumption of normality is still a conservative representation of the data. The coverage analysis involves the use of a histogram of the Final Data Set, overlaid with the equivalent probability distribution curve for the normal distribution, based on the data sample's mean and standard deviation.

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 30 OF 57 Rev. 0 Steps to Create the Histogram

1) Calculate the Mean for the sample group (Reference 6.1):



Where:

- Mean of all sample data points

- An individual sample data point n - Total number of data points

2) Calculate the Standard Deviation for the sample group (Reference 6.1):

Where:

- Sample data values (x1, x2, x3, )

- Standard deviation of all sample points n - Total number of data points

3) Divide the data into bins to aid in determination of a normal distribution. The number of bins selected is up to the individual performing the analysis. Refer to Reference 6.1 for further guidance. Generally, a 12-bin analysis is used.

The bin limits are determined in 1/2 Standard Deviation increments, starting with the bin defined by the limits of [- to (-2.5s)], proceeding to the bin defined by the limits of [(+2.5s) to +].

4) The fractions of the data expected in each bin for a normal distribution are determined from standard statistical texts, multiplied by the total population of the analyzed data set, and plotted with a curve fit as an overlay to the histogram.
5) Split the data being analyzed into the appropriate bins defined above and plotted as a bar chart.
6) Compute the total count of data within the limits of +/- 2 Standard Deviations from the Mean.

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 31 OF 57 Rev. 0 Examination of the Histogram Visual examination of the plot is used to determine if the distribution of the data is near normal, or if a normal distribution model for the data would adequately cover the data within the 2 sigma limits.

If the data is near normal or appears to be more peaked than a normal distribution, then a normal distribution model is derived that adequately covers the set of drift data, as observed. This normal distribution is used as the model for the drift of the device. Sample counting is used to determine an acceptable normal distribution model. The Standard Deviation of the group is computed. The number of samples within +/- two Standard Deviations of the mean is computed. The count is divided by the total number of samples in the group to determine a percentage. The following table provides the percentages that should fall within multiples of the Standard Deviation for a normal distribution.

Table 3 - Population Percentages for a Normal Distribution Percent Population Coverage

+/-1 Std. Dev. From Mean 68.27%

+/-2 Std. Dev. From Mean 95.45%

+/-3 Std. Dev. From Mean 99.73%

If the percentage of data within two standard deviations is equal to or greater than the value in Table 3 for a given data set, the existing standard deviation is acceptable to be used for the encompassing normal distribution model. However, if the percentage is less than required, the standard deviation of the model is enlarged, such that greater than or equal to the required percentage falls within the adjusted +/- two Standard Deviations bounds. The required multiplier for the standard deviation in order to provide this coverage is termed the Normality Adjustment Factor (NAF). If no adjustment is required, the NAF is equal to one (1).

5.8.

Time-Dependent Drift Analysis 5.8.1.

5.8.2.

The component/loop drift calculated in the previous sections represented a predicted performance limit, without any consideration of whether the drift may vary with time between calibrations or component age. This section discusses the importance of understanding the time-related performance and the impact of any time-dependency on an analysis.

Understanding the time dependency can be either important or unimportant, depending on the application. A time dependency analysis is important whenever the drift analysis results are intended to support an extension of calibration intervals.

Limitations of Time Dependency Analyses Reference 6.1 performed drift analysis for numerous components at several nuclear plants as part of the project. The data evaluated did not demonstrate any significant time-dependent or age-dependent trends. Time dependency may have existed in all of the cases analyzed but was insignificant in comparison to other uncertainty contributors. Because time dependency cannot be completely ruled out, there should be an ongoing evaluation to verify that component drift continues to meet expectations whenever calibration intervals are extended.

Scatter (Drift Interval) Plot A Drift Interval Plot is an XY scatter plot that shows the Final Data Set plotted against the time interval between tests for the data points. This plot method relies upon the human eye to discriminate the plot for any trend in the data to exhibit time dependency. A prediction line can be added to this plot which shows a "least squares" fit of the data over time. This can provide visual evidence of an increasing or decreasing mean over time, considering all drift data. An increasing standard deviation is indicated by a trend towards increasing "scatter" over the increased calibration intervals.

0 PSEG ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 SURVEILLANCE Nuclear ILC EXTENSION PAGE 32 OF 57 Rev.O

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 33 OF 57 Rev. 0 5.8.3.

Standard Deviations and Means at Different Calibration Intervals (Binning Analysis)

This analysis technique is the most recommended method of determining time dependent tendencies in a given sample pool (see Reference 6.1). The test consists simply of segregating the drift data into different groups (Bins) corresponding to different ranges of calibration or surveillance intervals and comparing the standard deviations and means for the data in the various groups. The purpose of this type of analysis is to determine if the standard deviation or mean tends to become larger as the time interval between calibrations increases.

1.

The available data is placed in interval bins. The intervals normally used at nuclear power plants typically coincide with Technical Specification calibration intervals plus the allowed tolerance as follows:

a. 0 to 45 days (covers most weekly and monthly calibrations)
b. 46 to 135 days (covers most quarterly calibrations)
c. 136 to 225 days (covers most semi-annual calibrations)
d. 226 to 445 days (covers most annual calibrations)
e. 446 to 650 days (covers most 18 month refuel cycle calibrations)
f. 651 to 800 days (covers most extended refuel cycle calibrations)
g. 801 to 999 days (covers missed and forced outage refueling cycle calibrations)
h. Greater than 1,000 days Data will naturally fall into these time interval bins based on the calibration requirements for the subject instrument loops. Only on occasion will a device be calibrated on a much longer or shorter interval than that of the rest of the population within its calibration requirement group. Therefore, the data will naturally separate into groups for analysis.
2.

Although not generally recommended, different bin splits could be used, but must be evaluated for data coverage, significant diversity in calibration intervals, and acceptable data groupings.

3.

For each bin where there is data, the mean (average), standard deviation, average time interval and data count will be computed.

4.

To determine if time dependency does or does not exist, the data must be distributed across multiple bins, with a sufficient population of data in each of two or more bins, to consider the statistical results for those bins to be valid. Normally the minimum expected distribution that would allow evaluation is defined below.

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 34 OF 57 Rev. 0

a. A bin is considered valid in the final analysis if it holds more than five data points and more than ten percent of the total data count. Note: EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2) Section 9.4 (Reference 6.1) states that five percent of the total data count should be used. This Technical Standard uses ten percent for greater accuracy.
b. At least two bins, including the bin with the most data, must be left for evaluation to occur.

The distribution percentages listed in these criteria are somewhat arbitrary, and thus engineering evaluation can modify them for a given situation.

The mean and standard deviations of the valid bins are plotted versus average time interval on a diagram. This diagram can give a good visual indication of whether or not the mean or standard deviation of a data set is increasing significantly over time interval between calibrations.

If the binning analysis plot shows an increase in standard deviation over time, the critical value of the F-distribution is compared to the ratio of the smallest and largest variances for the evaluated bins. If the ratio of variances exceeds the critical value, this result is indicative of time dependency for the random portion of drift. Likewise, a ratio of variances not exceeding the critical value is not indicative of significant time dependency.

NOTE: If multiple valid bins do NOT exist for a given data set, then the plot is not to be shown, and the regression analyses are not to be performed.

The reasoning is that there is not enough diversity in the calibration intervals analyzed to make meaningful conclusions about time dependency from the existing data. In this case, unless overwhelming evidence to the contrary exists in the scatter plot, the final data set is treated as moderately time dependent for the purposes of extrapolation of the drift value.

5.8.4.

Regression Analyses and Plots Regression Analyses can often provide very valuable data for the determination of time dependency. A standard regression analysis within an Excel spreadsheet can plot the drift data versus time, with a prediction line showing the trend. It can also provide Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) table printouts, which contain information required for various numerical tests to determine level of dependency between two parameters (time and drift value). Note that regression analyses are only to be performed if multiple valid bins are determined from the binning analysis.

Regression Analyses are to be performed on both the Final Data Set drift values and the absolute value of the Final Data Set drift values. The regression of the drift values shows the

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 35 OF 57 Rev. 0 trend of the mean over time, and the regression of the absolute values shows the trend of the standard deviation over time.

NOTE: The data points with calibration intervals furthest from the average observed time interval have the greatest potential to significantly skew the regression lines (see Section 9.2.4.2 of Reference 6.1). Therefore, prior to running the regressions, the Engineer may optionally discard the data points that are outside the minimum/maximum calibration intervals of the lowest/highest valid bins (respectively) to avoid potentially skewing the results. The Engineer will also formally document any removed data points and the reason for their removal in the calculation note for transparency and clarity.

Regression Plots The following are descriptions of the two plots generated by these regressions.

Drift Regression (Mean) - an XY scatter plot that fits a line through the final drift data, plotted against the time interval between tests for the data points, using the "least squares" method to predict values for the given data set. The predicted line is plotted through the actual data for use in predicting drift over time. It is important to note that statistical outliers can have a dramatic effect upon the regression line.

Absolute Value Drift Regression (Standard Deviation) - an XY scatter plot that fits a line through the Absolute Value of the final drift data, plotted against the time interval between tests for the data points, using the "least squares" method to predict values for the given data set. The predicted line is plotted through the actual data for use in predicting drift, in either direction, over time. It is important to note that statistical outliers can have a dramatic effect upon the regression line.

Regression Time Dependency Analytical Tests Typical spreadsheet software includes capabilities to include ANOVA tables with regression analyses. ANOVA tables give various statistical data, which can allow certain numerical tests to be employed, to search for time dependency. For each of the two regressions (Drift Regression and Absolute Value Drift Regression), the following ANOVA parameters are used to determine if time dependency of the drift data is evident. All tests listed should be evaluated, and if time dependency is indicated by any of the tests, the data should be considered as time dependent. Engineering judgement should be used to account for the direction of change over time before using a test as a basis to extrapolate drift (as described at the end of Section 5.8.4).

R Square Test - The R2 value in the regression ANOVA table (displayed as R Square) is a relatively good indicator of time dependency. If R2 is equal to or less than 0.09, then this test does not indicate any significant time dependence. If the R2 value is greater than 0.09, then it appears that the data weakly conforms to a linear function and should therefore be considered weakly time dependent. An R2 value of

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 36 OF 57 Rev. 0 greater than 0.49 indicates a strong linear relationship for which the data should be considered strongly time dependent.

P Value Test - A P Value of less than 0.05 for X Variable 1 (Time) as indicated by the ANOVA table for an Excel spreadsheet is indicative of time dependency.

F Statistic Test - An ANOVA table F value greater than the critical F-table value would indicate a time dependency. In an Excel spreadsheet, the F.INV.RT function can be used to return critical values from the F distribution. To return the critical value of F, use the significance level (in this case 0.05 or 5.0%) as the probability argument to F.INV.RT, 1 as the numerator degrees of freedom, and the data count minus two as the denominator. If the F value in the ANOVA table exceeds the critical value of F, then the drift is considered time dependent.

NOTE: The results of the P Value Test and the F Statistic Test are interchangeable.

NOTE: Linear interpolation of F-Distribution table values can be used as an alternative to the F.INV.RT Excel function. Per NUREG-1475 (Reference 6.5), discrepancies between Excel function values and table interpolations are generally inconsequential. Critical F values can be determined using Table T-4 of NUREG-1475.

For each of these tests, if time dependency is indicated, the plots should be observed to determine the reasonableness of the result. The tests above generally assess the possibility that the function of drift is linear over time, not necessarily that the drift is significantly increasing over time. Time dependency can be indicated even when the plot shows the drift to remain approximately the same or decrease over time. Generally, a decreasing drift over time is not expected for instrumentation, nor is a case where the drift function crosses zero.

Under these conditions, the extrapolation of the drift term would normally be established assuming that the test indicates no time dependency, if extrapolation of the results is required beyond the analyzed time interval.

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 37 OF 57 Rev. 0 5.8.5.

Additional Time Dependency Analyses Instrument Resetting Evaluation - For data sets that consist of a single calibration interval the time dependency determination may be accomplished simply by evaluating the frequency at which instruments require resetting. This type of analysis is particularly useful when applied to extend quarterly Technical Specification surveillances to semi-annual.

However, this type of analysis is less useful for instruments such as sensors or relays that may be reset at each calibration interval, regardless of whether the instrument was already in calibration.

The Instrument Resetting Evaluation may be performed only if the devices in the sample pool are shown to be stable, not requiring adjustment (i.e. less than 5% of the data shows that adjustments were made). Care also must be taken when mechanical connections or flex points may be exercised by the act of checking calibration (actuation of a bellows or switch movement), where the act of checking the actuation point may have an effect on the next reading. Methodology for calculating the drift is as follows:

Quarterly As-Found/As-Left (As-Found Current Calibration) - (As-Left Previous Calibration) (Reference 6.1) i.e., (AF1 - AL2)

Semi-Annual As-Found/As-Left using Quarterly Data (AF1 - AL2) + (AF2 - AL3) (Reference 6.1)

5.8.6.

Age-Dependent Drift Considerations Age-dependency is the tendency for a component's drift to increase in magnitude as the component ages. This can be assessed by plotting the As-Found value for each calibration minus the previous calibration As-Left value of each component over the period of time for which data is available. Random fluctuations around zero may obscure any age-dependent drift trends. By plotting the absolute values of the As-Found versus As-Left calibration data, the tendency for the magnitude of drift to increase with time can be assessed. This analysis is generally not performed as a part of a standard Drift Calculation, but can be used, if desired, when establishing maintenance practices.

5.9.

Calibration Point Drift For devices with multiple calibration points (e.g., transmitters, indicators, etc.) the Drift-Calibration Point Plot is a useful tool for comparing the amount of drift exhibited by the group of devices at the different calibration points. The plot consists of a line graph of each tolerance interval as a function of the calibration points. This is useful to understand the operation of an instrument but is not normally included as a part of a standard Drift Calculation.

5.10.

Determination of the Drift Tolerance Interval Determination of Tolerance Interval The tolerance interval establishes the bounds on the total population if the data has been determined to be normally distributed or has been adjusted through coverage analysis (see Section 5.7.4), the following method of determining the bounding drift value for 30 months will be used.

For a normal distribution, a two-sided interval for the bounding value of drift which includes both the Confidence Interval and the Tolerance Interval can be calculated directly by (Reference 6.1 ):

DA= x+/- KNs Where:

DA - Bounding value of analyzed drift x - Sample mean (set to zero if bias is not significant)

K - Tolerance Interval Factor (chosen from Table 5 at the selected probability, confidence level, and sample size)

N - Adjustment Factor (as determined in coverage analysis) s - Sample standard deviation 0 PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 38 OF 57 Rev.0 NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 39 OF 57 Rev. 0 Significance of Drift Bias If an instrument or group of instruments consistently drifts predominately in one direction, the drift is assumed to have a bias. The application of a significant bias must be considered separately, so that the overall treatment of the analyzed drift remains conservative. Based on Sections 3.5 and 3.5.2 of Reference 6.10, a method is used to assess whether or not a significant bias exists for the drift data, based on the relative magnitudes of the mean, standard deviation, and sample size. Specifically, when the absolute value of the mean for the sample pool exceeds a critical value (Xcrit), the mean is treated as a bias to the drift term.

Otherwise, the drift bias term is considered insignificant and is not considered further in the drift analysis.

The critical value (Xcrit) for a given standard deviation (s) and sample size (n) is calculated using the following formula (Reference 6.10):

Where:

- Maximum value of non-biased mean for a given s & n

- Normal Deviate for a single-sided t-distribution @ = 0.025 for 95%

Confidence (See Table 4) s - Sample standard deviation n - Sample Pool Size NOTE: This is a re-arrangement of the formula presented in Section B.12 of EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335, Rev. 2) (Reference 6.1).

The normal deviate (t) can be looked up for a given value of (n - 1) degrees of freedom, or it can be generated automatically utilizing the TINV function within Microsoft Excel. TINV is endorsed in NUREG-1475 (Reference 6.5), and Excel provides an updated function (T.INV.2T) which may improve accuracy. The arguments for either of the functions are identical, and the functions can be used interchangeably as shown below:

t0.025,df = TINV(0.05, df) or, t0.025,df = T.INV.2T(0.05, df)

Note that the probability listed within the parentheses is 0.05 instead of 0.025 because the function returns the normal deviate for a double-sided distribution. In order to attain the

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 40 OF 57 Rev. 0 value for a single-sided distribution, the probability is doubled, per the description of the function within Microsoft Excel.

The following are excerpts from the Microsoft Excel Help function:

TINV (probability, degrees-freedom)

Probability is the probability associated with the two-tailed Student's T-distribution.

Degrees of-freedom is the number of degrees of freedom with which to characterize the distribution.

A one-tailed t-value can be returned by replacing probability with 2*probability. For a probability of 0.025 and degrees of freedom of 10, the two-tailed value is calculated with TINV(0.025,10), which returns 2.633767. The one-tailed value for the same probability and degrees of freedom can be calculated with TINV(2*0.025,10), which returns 2.228139.

The values within Table 4 were generated from the TINV function within Microsoft Excel and have been verified to be consistent with the values from Table V of Reference 6.10.

Therefore, they are acceptable for use in drift analyses.

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 41 OF 57 Rev. 0 Table 4-Percentiles of the t Distribution (t0.025,df)

Degrees of Freedom (df)

Normal Deviate (t)

@ = 0.025 for 95% Confidence Degrees of Freedom (df)

Normal Deviate (t)

@ = 0.025 for 95% Confidence Degrees of Freedom (df)

Normal Deviate (t)

@ = 0.025 for 95% Confidence 1

12.706 42 2.018 83 1.989 2

4.303 43 2.017 84 1.989 3

3.182 44 2.015 85 1.988 4

2.776 45 2.014 86 1.988 5

2.571 46 2.013 87 1.988 6

2.447 47 2.012 88 1.987 7

2.365 48 2.011 89 1.987 8

2.306 49 2.010 90 1.987 9

2.262 50 2.009 91 1.986 10 2.228 51 2.008 92 1.986 11 2.201 52 2.007 93 1.986 12 2.179 53 2.006 94 1.986 13 2.160 54 2.005 95 1.985 14 2.145 55 2.004 96 1.985 15 2.131 56 2.003 97 1.985 16 2.120 57 2.002 98 1.984 17 2.110 58 2.002 99 1.984 18 2.101 59 2.001 100 1.984 19 2.093 60 2.000 101 1.984 20 2.086 61 2.000 102 1.983 21 2.080 62 1.999 103 1.983 22 2.074 63 1.998 104 1.983 23 2.069 64 1.998 105 1.983 24 2.064 65 1.997 106 1.983 25 2.060 66 1.997 107 1.982 26 2.056 67 1.996 108 1.982 27 2.052 68 1.995 109 1.982 28 2.048 69 1.995 110 1.982 29 2.045 70 1.994 111 1.982 30 2.042 71 1.994 112 1.981 31 2.040 72 1.993 113 1.981 32 2.037 73 1.993 114 1.981 33 2.035 74 1.993 115 1.981 34 2.032 75 1.992 116 1.981 35 2.030 76 1.992 117 1.980 36 2.028 77 1.991 118 1.980 37 2.026 78 1.991 119 1.980 38 2.024 79 1.990 120 1.980 39 2.023 80 1.990

>120 1.960 40 2.021 81 1.990 41 2.020 82 1.989

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 42 OF 57 Rev. 0 Table 5 - Factors for Two-Sided Tolerance Limits for Normal Distribution (K Values)

Sample Size (n) 95%/95%

Factor 99%/95%

Factor Sample Size (n) 95%/95%

Factor 99%/95%

Factor 2

37.674 188.491 55 2.354 2.538 3

9.916 22.401 60 2.333 2.506 4

6.37 11.15 65 2.315 2.478 5

5.079 7.855 70 2.299 2.454 6

4.414 6.345 75 2.285 2.433 7

4.007 5.488 80 2.272 2.414 8

3.732 4.936 85 2.261 2.397 9

3.532 4.55 90 2.251 2.382 10 3.379 4.265 95 2.241 2.368 11 3.259 4.045 100 2.233 2.355 12 3.162 3.87 110 2.218 2.333 13 3.081 3.727 120 2.205 2.314 14 3.012 3.608 130 2.194 2.298 15 2.954 3.507 140 2.184 2.283 16 2.903 3.421 150 2.175 2.27 17 2.858 3.345 160 2.167 2.259 18 2.819 3.279 170 2.16 2.248 19 2.784 3.221 180 2.154 2.239 20 2.752 3.168 190 2.148 2.23 21 2.723 3.121 200 2.143 2.222 22 2.697 3.078 250 2.121 2.191 23 2.673 3.04 300 2.106 2.169 24 2.651 3.004 400 2.084 2.138 25 2.631 2.972 500 2.07 2.117 26 2.612 2.941 600 2.06 2.102 27 2.595 2.914 700 2.052 2.091 30 2.549 2.841 800 2.046 2.082 35 2.49 2.748 900 2.04 2.075 40 2.445 2.677 1000 2.036 2.068 45 2.408 2.621 1000000 1.96 1.96 50 2.379 2.576

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 43 OF 57 Rev. 0 The following examples show the determination of significance of bias and its application to the analyzed drift term. These examples assume that the data is normal, and therefore the Normality Adjustment Factor (N) is set to 1.

1) Transmitter Group with a Biased Mean - A group of transmitters are calculated to have a standard deviation of 1.150%, mean of - 0.355% with a count of 47. The degrees of freedom are 46. From Table 4, the t value is 2.013. Therefore, xcrit is computed as:

Therefore, the mean value is significant because the absolute value of it is larger than xcrit, and the bias must be considered. The Analyzed Drift term (DA) for a 95%/95%

tolerance interval level is shown as follows.

DA = -0.355% +/- 1.150%

  • 2.396 (TIF interpolated from Table 1 for 47 samples)

DA = -0.355% +/- 2.755%

The calculated bias should be added to (+/- Ks) in the appropriate direction, but should not be subtracted in the opposite direction (Ref. 6.1). In this example, the DA term for the positive direction is not reduced by the bias value, whereas the negative direction is summed with the bias value.

DA = + 2.755%, - 3.110%

2) Transmitter Group with a Non-Biased Mean - A group of transmitters are calculated to have a standard deviation of 1.150%, mean of 0.100% with a count of 47. The degrees of freedom are 46. From Table 4, the t value is 2.013. Therefore, xcrit is computed as:

Therefore, the absolute value of the mean value is less than xcrit. Therefore, the bias is insignificant, and can be neglected. The Analyzed Drift term (DA) for a 95%/95%

tolerance interval level is shown as follows.

DA = +/- 1.150%

  • 2.396 (TIF interpolated from Table 1 for 47 samples)

DA = +/- 2.755%

5.11.

Time Dependent Drift Uncertainty When calibration intervals are extended beyond the range for which historical data is available, the statistical confidence in the ability to predict drift is reduced. The bias and the random portions of the drift are extrapolated separately, but in the same manner. Where the analysis shows weak to moderate time dependency or time dependency is indeterminate, drift is extrapolated assuming that the drift to time relationship is not linear. The following formula is used:

DAExtended =DA

  • Where:

Rqd_Calibrationjnterval Avg_Bin_Timejnterval DAExtended - the newly determined, extrapolated Drift Bias and/or Random Term DA - the bias or random drift term from the Final Data Set or of the longest-interval, valid time bin from the binning analysis Avg_Bin_ Time_lnterval - the average observed time interval within the longest-interval, valid time bin from the binning analysis Rqd_Calibration_lnterval - the worst case calibration interval, once the calibration interval requirement is changed Where there is indication of a strong relationship between drift and time, drift is extrapolated using a linear method. The following formula is used:

[

Rqd Calibration Interval]

DA

=DA

  • Extended Avg _Bin_Timejnterval Where the terms are the same as defined above.

Where it can be shown that there is no relationship between surveillance interval and drift, the drift value determined may be used for other time intervals, without change. However, for conservatism, due to the uncertainty involved in extrapolation to time intervals outside of the analysis period, drift values that show minimal or no particular time dependency are generally treated as moderately time dependent, for the purposes of the extrapolation.

0 PSEG ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 SURVEILLANCE Nuclear ILC EXTENSION PAGE 44 OF 57 Rev.O

5.12.

Methods of Drift Assessment for Very Low Sample Sizes Per Section 5.4 ("How Much Data to Collect"), "There is no hard fast number that must be attained for any given pool, but a minimum of 30 drift values must be attained before the drift analysis can be performed without additional justification." When it has been determined that the sample size is small for an instrument group, the first thing which should be considered is increasing the sample size. In order to increase the sample size, more historical data should be collected on the subject devices if possible. Also, other similar devices can be added to the analysis, if they can be shown to be maintained with similar QA control of the calibration processes, and if they meet the requirements to properly pool the drift data, per Section 5.5. It is possible that after obtaining all data possible on certain device types, less than 30 samples will be available for analysis. The following paragraphs provide guidance for assessment of the drift in those circumstances.

Rigorous drift analysis as described in the sections above may be performed for sample sizes less than 30 data values, with additional justification. The justification is generally based on engineering judgment, which would conclude that the drift analysis would provide a reasonably accurate, but conservative estimate for future performance for the subject devices. The following types of arguments can be made for this engineering judgment; but not all of these are required, and other similar arguments could be made in support of this position.

All data possible is analyzed from the device type with the level of Quality Assurance treatment.

The small number of devices in the study limits the AF/AL data available.

Preliminary analysis of the drift values shows the data to be relatively consistent.

The data distribution is similar to a normal distribution, per a Histogram plot, as would be expected.

The method of determining the Analyzed Drift for 20 data values uses a high Tolerance Interval Factor (TIF) for 95%/95% confidence, providing the required conservatism for use in setpoint calculations.

The rigorous drift analysis would be comprised of the same components as the others with data counts~ 30, but would have the additional justification stated in the assumptions/

engineering judgments section of the calculation.

For cases where there is no drift data, manufacturer drift specifications may be extrapolated for use in the setpoint calculations, in accordance with the plant instrument uncertainty/

setpoint methodologies. This encompasses the cases where the devices will be replaced prior to, or concurrent with, project implementation; or where the devices have been recently replaced, such that two calibrations have not yet been performed for any of the subject devices.

For those cases where there is a very small sample size (i.e., :5 20 drift data values or 20-29 where the data does not appear to be reasonably uniform), a drift assessment should be 0 PSEG ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 SURVEILLANCE Nuclear ILC EXTENSION PAGE 45 OF 57 Rev.O

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 46 OF 57 Rev. 0 prepared, based on engineering judgment. The assessment would not include any normality or time dependency evaluations. Within the assessment, all possible drift values from the available AF/AL data are computed. The magnitude of the largest computed drift value is compared to the Square Root of the Sum of the Squares (SRSS) combination of the following terms:

1) Manufacturer Specification for drift,
2) Manufacturer Specification for Reference Accuracy, and
3) Calibration Term, comprised of Measurement and Test Equipment (M&TE) and M&TE Standard If all of the computed drift values are encompassed by the combined total, the conclusion should be made that the manufacturer specifications are conservative with respect to the observed drift values. For this case, the manufacturer specification for drift should be extrapolated to a maximum calibration interval of 30 months for use in the setpoint calculations, in accordance with the plant instrument uncertainty / setpoint methodologies.

If the comparison within the assessment shows any of the computed drift values to exceed the combined total, an Analyzed Drift value should be derived for use in setpoint calculations, based on engineering judgment. If the device has multiple calibration points, such as a transmitter, the data from the worst case calibration point should be used in the assessment, unless that calibration point has significantly less data values than the other calibration points.

Because of the low data count, unless significant evidence to the contrary exists; the drift should be considered random in nature. The drift value chosen for the current calibration interval should be equal to or larger than the following:

1) The magnitude of the worst case drift value observed, and
2) The magnitude of the mean + 2 standard deviations.

The random portion of the drift value chosen for the current calibration interval should be extrapolated to the maximum proposed interval via the equation below.

If the mean value is very large in comparison to the standard deviation, with a significant enough data count (per engineering judgment), then a bias should be used as a portion of the Analyzed Drift. The bias should be set equal to the mean for the current calibration interval. The bias portion of the drift value chosen for the current calibration interval should be extrapolated to the maximum proposed interval via the equation below.

5.13.

5.14.

Shelf Life of Analysis Results Any analysis result based on performance of existing components has a shelf life. In this case, the term "shelf life" is used to describe a period of time extending from the present into the future during which the analysis results are considered valid. Predictions for future component/loop performance are based upon our knowledge of past calibration performance. This approach assumes that changes in component/loop performance occur slowly or not at all over time. For example, if evaluation of the last ten years of data shows the component/loop drift is stable with no observable trend, there is little reason to expect a dramatic change in performance during the next year. However, it is also difficult to claim that an analysis completed today is still a valid indicator of component/loop performance ten years from now. For this reason, the analysis results should be re-verified periodically through an instrument trending program in accordance with Reference 6.1. The Analyzed Drift values from the Drift Calculations are to be used by the trending program as thresholds, which will require further investigation if exceeded.

Depending on the type of component/loop, the analysis results are also dependent on the method of calibration, the component/loop span, and the M&TE accuracy. Any of the following program or component/loop changes should be evaluated to determine if they affect the analysis results.

Changes to M&TE accuracy Changes to the component or loop (e.g. span, environment, manufacturer, model, etc.)

Calibration procedure changes that alter the calibration method Performing an Analysis As Found and As Left calibration data for the subject instrumentation is collected from historical calibration records. The collected data is entered into Microsoft Excel spreadsheets, grouped by manufacturer and model number. The drift analysis is generally performed using Excel spreadsheets but can be performed using other software packages.

The discussion provided in this section is to assist in setting up an Excel spreadsheet for producing a Drift Calculation.

Microsoft Excel spreadsheets generally compute values to an approximate 15 decimal resolution, which is well beyond any required rounding for engineering analyses. However, for printing and display purposes, most values are displayed to lesser resolution. It is possible that hand computations would produce slightly different results, because of using rounded numbers in initial and intermediate steps, but the Excel computed values are considered highly accurate in comparison. Values with significant differences between the original computations and the computations of the independent verifier are to be investigated to ensure that the Excel spreadsheet is properly computing the required values.

0 PSEG ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 SURVEILLANCE Nuclear ILC EXTENSION PAGE 47 OF 57 Rev.O

5.15.

Populating the Spreadsheet 5.15.1.

Raw Data for a New Analysis 1.

The Responsible Engineer determines the component group to be analyzed (e.g., all Rosemount pressure transmitters). The Responsible Engineer should determine the possible sub-groups within the large groupings that, from an engineering perspective, might show different drift characteristics and therefore may warrant separation into smaller groups. This determination would involve the manufacturer, model, calibration span, setpoints, time intervals, specifications, locations, environment, etc., as necessary.

2.

The Responsible Engineer determines the data to be collected, following the guidance of Sections 5.4 through 5.6 of this Technical Standard.

3.

The Responsible Engineer identifies, locates, and collects data for the component group to be analyzed (e.g. all Surveillance Tests for Rosemount pressure transmitters completed to present)

4.

The Responsible Engineer enters data per Section 5.16, A 1-A5.

5.

The Responsible Engineer verifies the data entered.

5.16.

Spreadsheet Performance of Basic Statistics After Instrument Identification and Instrument Grouping is completed, As-Found and As-Left data for the selected instruments needs to be identified. This data will be entered and analyzed in the Excel' spreadsheet template (filename: "Drift_ Template_PSEG.xlsm") per the instructions below. (Reference 6.9) It is noted that the Excel' spreadsheet template (filename: "Drift_ Template_PSEG.xlsm") should be retrieved from H-1-ZZ-CCS-0511 Vol.2 (Reference 6.13) to ensure that the most up to date file is used. Documentation of use restrictions are captured in H-1-ZZ-CCS-0511 Vol.3 (Reference 6.13).

Drift Analysis Procedure Warning: The default worksheet column structure must not be changed. Removal or addition of columns within the default columns will result in errors in the update procedure.

This template has a maximum capacity of 500 As-Found/As-Left values for each calibration point. A blank template should always be used when beginning a new drift analysis.

0 PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 48 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 49 OF 57 Rev. 0 The Excel Analysis ToolPak is required for this procedure. If Data Analysis does not appear under the Data menu, then install the ToolPak by selecting File > Options > Add-Ins > Manage Excel Add-Ins, and check Analysis ToolPak.

Reference tables are included in the "T-Values", "D-Values", "a-Values", and "P-Values" worksheets. These worksheets should not be altered by the user in any way as the reference tables will be used during the drift analysis.

If utilizing instrument calibration data from an existing Excel file, copy all data for the instrument group to be analyzed into the empty "Raw Data" worksheet. Otherwise, populate the "Raw Data" worksheet with information directly from the data source per the data requirements described below.

A) Data Collection, Exclusion, and Conversion to Percent Span - Appendices C through G (See Sections 5.2, 5.4)

1. Copy and paste applicable instrument calibration data from the "Raw Data" worksheet into the Input Data" worksheet. Sort the "Input Data" worksheet based on 1) Cal Date:

Descending (newest to oldest) and 2) Tag Number: Ascending (A to Z). This sorting is required for accurate results.

The data from the Input Data worksheet is structured to match the way the information is typically depicted in drift calculations. It includes the following information, by column:

A) Calibration Procedure - The procedure used for the calibration. Inclusion of this information is optional, provided for reference.

B) Tag Number - Plant equipment ID number C) Cal Date - Date that calibration was performed D) Cal Data Point - If the instrument only has a single calibration point (e.g., a bistable),

this value will be 1 for all entries. If the instrument contains multiple calibration points in a single calibration (e.g. 0%, 25%, 50%, 75%, 100%, 75%, 50%, 25%, 0%), each individual point shall be numbered sequentially, starting with 1. The spreadsheet is structured to accept a maximum of 13 points. If all 13 points are not utilized, the unused points should still be entered with N/A in columns E through H.

E) Desired Value - Ideal setpoint during calibration F) As Found - AF value recorded during calibration G) As Left - AL value recorded during calibration H) Units - Units used during calibration I)

Comments - Notes concerning the data point (e.g. statements regarding the basis for exclusion of certain data). Required only if the data point is excluded.

2. Identify any bad data points in Input Data" and replace these values with the word Exclude in Columns F or G. Document the justification for exclusion in the Comments Column I.

Possible reasons for excluding data points include but are not limited to:

A) Two data calibrations performed on the same day for the same instrument.

B) Incomplete data set.

C) Data point excessively out of range or equal to zero.

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 50 OF 57 Rev. 0

3. Open the "Macros" menu within the "Developer" ribbon tab. Note that the "Developer" tab is hidden by default and may be added by right clicking the ribbon and customizing the main tabs; alternatively, the "Macros" menu can be opened using the keyboard shortcut Alt+F8.

Within the menu, run the "Data Tools" macro by selecting "Data Tools" and clicking "Run".

When the popup form appears, select Data_Transposed from the list and click the Update Data button. This will populate data into the Data_Transposed and Data_Conversion worksheets.

When prompted, select the appropriate Input Data format.

1 = Instrument with multiple calibration points (e.g. transmitter), 13 inputs arranged vertically 2 = Instrument with 1 calibration point Note that it may take a few minutes for the macro to complete. A message box will appear when the macro has completed stating "Update complete. Some sheets require manual completion. Please review all sheets for completeness". Actions required for manual completion are described below. The AF and AL data should appear in alternating rows, ready for conversion to percent span.

4. To normalize drift values to percent span, fill in the Span Input Min and Max columns in the Data_Conversion worksheet. This is required if instruments have different spans. The default values of Min=0 and Max=100 can be used if it is desirable to perform the remaining calculations based on actual calibration values rather than percent span.
5. Run the "Data Tools" macro under the Excel "Developer" menu "Macros" button, selecting "Data Tools", and clicking "Run". When the form appears, select all options in the list except "Data_Transposed" and click the Update Data button. This will populate data into all the remaining worksheets.

Note that it may take a few minutes for the macros to complete. A message box will appear when the macros have completed.

B) Outlier Analysis - Appendix H (Section 5.6)

1. In the "Outliers" worksheet, possible outliers are automatically flagged with red cells in columns AW through BI. Each flagged value should be reviewed (e.g. via Work Order) to evaluate if its removal from the final dataset is justified. A maximum of one outlier may be removed if there is justification that it is not consistent with the rest of the data. If an outlier is exposed as bad data during the review, the bad data should be excluded in the "Input Data" worksheet and the procedure should be repeated starting from step A2.

If it is decided that a flagged value is an outlier, overwrite the red cell with the word "Outlier" and update the data on the remaining worksheets by running the "Data Tools" macro and selecting "Histogram", "Histogram Adjusted", "Scatter Plot", and "Regression". If the evaluated instrument group has multiple calibration points, all points associated with the outlier's calibration must be overwritten. (Note that each overwritten cell will have previously contained a formula. If data inputs are changed such that different outliers may be flagged, the formula will need to be re-entered; in this case, it is recommended that a new Excel file is used.)

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 51 OF 57 Rev. 0

2. Review the worst-case data set on the Outliers worksheet (Cell D32). By default, the calibration point with the highest sum of the mean and two times the standard deviation is identified as the worst case. If it is determined that a different calibration point is the worst case, replace the value in D32 with the appropriate number.

C) Dataset Pooling Analysis (optional) - Appendix I (See Section 5.5.4)

1. After all data removals have occurred for the instrument group's dataset, the group can be tested for combination with another group using the "Pooling" worksheet. Pooling analysis is used to determine if the two datasets can be combined with respect to their means and variances. Both datasets must use the same units to express drift values (e.g. percent span). If multiple groups are evaluated for combination (or if a group is composed of combined subgroups), then multiple tests should be performed to evaluate the combination of each pair of groups.

To compare the two datasets, copy and paste the drift values and associated instrument tags from each dataset into columns A through D. The order of the datasets is not significant. The test will ignore empty rows of data (e.g. if pasting from the "Outliers" worksheet), but for final presentation, there should be no empty rows between values. Once both datasets are input into the tables, tests for equivalence of means and variances will be performed automatically to conclude if the datasets can be combined for the remainder of the drift analysis.

D) Verification of Normality - Appendices J through M (See Section 5.7)

1. The "Histogram" and "Normality Plot" worksheets are presented as visual aids for data normality. Update the data ranges for the Normality Plot worksheet if needed.
2. Depending on sample size, the D-Prime or W test is automatically performed to test the assumption of normal distribution. Review the automated conclusions on the D-Prime or W-test worksheet, as applicable.
3. If the assumption of normality is rejected by the results of the D-Prime or W test, coverage analysis must be performed in the "Histogram Adj" worksheet. If the percentage of the sample population covered by +/-2 standard deviations (+/-2 Sigma) is less than 95.45%, then increase the value of the Adjustment Factor cell (J16) and update the coverage using the "Update" button (or run the DataTools macro and select "Histogram Adj"). Incrementally increase the Adjustment Factor until the smallest factor has been found such that at least 95.45% of the population is contained within +/-2 Sigma. For ease of reference, the percentage is conditionally formatted to change from red to green once 95.45% is reached.

If at least 95.45% is already covered using the default Adjustment Factor of 1, the factor should not be decreased. The Adjustment Factor will be used to calculate the final drift tolerance interval.

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 52 OF 57 Rev. 0 E) Time Dependent Drift Analysis - Appendices N through Q (See Section 5.8)

1. The "Scatter Plot" worksheet is presented as a visual aid for time dependency determination. Update the data ranges for the Scatter Plot worksheet if needed.
2. Review the "Binning Analysis" worksheet. This worksheet automatically copies the final dataset from the "Scatter Plot" worksheet into the first three columns and separates the data into predefined bins dependent upon the calibration interval of each drift value. Statistics are calculated for all bins. Bins are considered to be valid for analysis if they have at least five data points and at least 10% of the sample population.

If at least two valid bins are identified, then the worksheet automatically identifies time-dependent behavior across the low and high bins by analyzing the directions of change and testing the equalities of means and variances. Review the automated time-dependency test conclusions. Update the Binning Analysis Plot by manually eliminating blanks from the graph summary table, adjusting the data range, and renaming "Series 1" and "Series 2" as "Std.

Dev." and "Mean", respectively.

3. If at least two valid bins were identified in the "Binning Analysis" worksheet, then perform the regression analysis in the Regression - Drift worksheet by selecting the Excel Data menu, Data Analysis, Regression. In the popup regression form, select the data in Column B for the X axis and the data in Column A for the Y axis, including the table headers in Row 9. Check the "Labels" checkbox, set the confidence level to 95%, select G10 as the output cell, and check the Residuals checkbox. Click OK to execute the regression analysis.

To plot the results, cut and paste the Observation, Predicted Drift, and Residuals values from the regression output to the table in columns C, D, and E respectively. Update the data ranges of the regression plot for the "Drift" and "Predicted Drift" series.

Time-dependency tests are automatically performed on the regression output data. The results will be valid only if the correct output cell was chosen for the regression output.

Compare the conclusions with the drift bias conclusion from the "Binning Analysis" worksheet (cell X53) to determine a final conclusion for bias time dependency.

4. If at least two valid bins were identified in the "Binning Analysis" worksheet, then perform the regression analysis in the Regression - AV of Drift worksheet by selecting the Excel Data menu, Data Analysis, Regression. In the popup regression form, select the data in Column B for the X axis and the data in Column C for the Y axis, including the table headers in Row 9. Check the "Labels" checkbox, set the confidence level to 95%, select H10 as the output cell, and check the Residuals checkbox. Click OK to execute the regression analysis.

To plot the results, cut and paste the Observation, Predicted AV of Drift, and Residuals values from the regression output to the table in columns D, E, and F respectively. Update the data ranges of the regression plot for the "AV of Drift" and "Predicted AV of Drift" series.

Time-dependency tests are automatically performed on the regression output data. The results will be valid only if the correct output cell was chosen for the regression output.

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 53 OF 57 Rev. 0 Compare the conclusions with the Random Drift conclusion from the "Binning Analysis" worksheet (cell X65) to determine a final conclusion for random drift time dependency.

F) Format and Print

1. Fill out the user input information on page B1 of this worksheet. The calculation and revision numbers will be automatically applied to all appendix headers in step F3.
2. If necessary, format plots as needed to make them presentable as calculation appendices.
3. Run the "PrintTools" macro located within the "Macros" menu. A form will pop up with selectable actions. Select the desired actions and click "Execute". A confirmational message box will appear after each selected action has finished.

Upon printing for the first time, select all of the actions to ensure that the printouts are updated per the completed Template. All settings will remain saved until they are changed, so each action is only necessary when an update is required (e.g. if the user input calculation number has changed, run action #3 to update headers).

Action #1 will update suggested print ranges for each worksheet. The ranges are stored within the "Defaults" worksheet. If it is determined after printing that a print range requires adjustment, the range can be manually edited within the "Defaults" worksheet.

Action #2 will apply all print ranges as they appear in the "Defaults" worksheet.

Action #3 will set all other print options (e.g. headers, page size, orientation). This action may take a couple of minutes to finish.

Action #4 allows the user to select worksheets to be printed to PDF and the folder to which they are printed. Print all applicable worksheets that will be attached as calculation appendices. Note that both the "W-test" and the "D-Prime" worksheets are labeled as "Appendix L" since only one test is performed; therefore, the "W-Test" printout will be overwritten by "D-Prime" if both are selected.

4. Check each printed PDF for correct headers, printed areas, and formatting.

5.17.

Drift Calculations 5.17.1.

The Drift Calculations should be performed in accordance with the methodology described above. Use the Drift data in preparing a minor revision to any existing Instrument Drift Calculation via a markup of the existing calculation for a minor update. For new calculation or a major update, a complete or new revision will be required.

5.17.2.

The title includes the component group analyzed.

5.17.3.

The calculation should include:

Purpose Methodology Acceptance Criteria Inputs References Assumptions Analysis Results and conclusions Plant Impact Appendices 5.17.4.

The method should describe, at a minimum, a summary of the methodology used to perform the drift analysis outlined by this Technical Standard. Exceptions taken to this Technical Standard are to be included in this section including basis and references for any exceptions.

5.17.5.

The actual calculation/analysis should provide:

1.

A list of all instruments in the analyzed group and the justification for the grouping

2.

A listing of data which was removed and the justification for removal

3.

A narrative discussion of the specific activities performed for this calculation

4.

A justification for any engineering judgement that has been applied in the calculation

5.

Discussion of the following topics, as applicable:

Bias and random Analyzed Drift (DA) values Extended Analyzed Drift Interval (DAExtendect) 0 PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 54 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

Nuclear LLC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027 PAGE 55 OF 57 Rev. 0 The applicable Tolerance Interval Factors (provide detailed discussion and justification if other than 95%/95%)

Drift time intervals Normality conclusion Determination of time dependency Limitations on the use of this value in application to uncertainty calculations Limitations on the application to the results for similar instruments 5.17.6.

Appendix(s) should be provided, including the following information:

A.

Instrument List B.

Drift Template Instructions C.

Data Collection: Import Raw Data D.

Data Collection: Sort and Exclude Input Data E.

Data Collection: Transpose Data F.

Data Collection: Conversion to Percent Span G.

Data Collection: Values of Drift and Calibration Intervals H.

Outlier Analysis I.

Dataset Pooling Analysis J.

Verification of Normality: Histogram (Visual Aid)

K.

Verification of Normality: Cumulative Probability Plot (Visual Aid)

L.

Verification of Normality: W-Test / Verification of Normality: D-Prime Test (same appendix letter for both worksheets; only one worksheet will be applicable, depending on sample size)

M.

Verification of Normality: Coverage Analysis N.

Time-Dependent Drift Analysis: Scatter Plot (Visual Aid)

O.

Time-Dependent Drift Analysis: Binning Analysis P.

Time-Dependent Drift Analysis: Regression of Drift Values Q.

Time-Dependent Drift Analysis: Regression of Absolute Values of Drift

5.18.

Setpoint/Uncertainty Calculations To apply the results of the drift analyses to a specific device or loop, a setpoint or loop accuracy calculation must be performed, revised, or evaluated in accordance with the plant instrument uncertainty/ setpoint methodologies. Use the Drift data in preparing a minor revision to any existing Instrument Setpoint/Uncertainty Calculation via a markup of the existing calculation for a minor update. For new calculation or a major update, a complete or new revision will be required. All calculations shall be completed in accordance with HC.DE-TS.ZZ-1001, Revision 0 (Reference 6.7) and CC-AA-309, Revision 12 (Reference 6.8).

0 PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 56 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027

6.

REFERENCES Industry Standards and Correspondence 6.1.

EPRI 3002002556 (TR-103335), "Guidelines for Instrument Calibration Extension/Reduction - Revision 2; Statistical Analysis of Instrument Calibration Data", Revision 2, January 2014 6.2.

ISA-RP67.04.02-2010, "Recommended Practice, Methodologies for the Determination of Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation" 6.3.

ANSI N15.15-1974, "Assessment of the Assumption of Normality (Employing Individual Observed Values)"

6.4.

US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Letter from Mr. Thomas H. Essig to Mr. R. W.

James of Electric Power Research Institute, Dated December 1, 1997, "Status Report on the Staff Review of EPRI Technical Report TR-103335, 'Guidelines for Instrument Calibration Extension/ Reduction Programs,' Dated March 1994" 6.5.

NUREG-1475, "Applying Statistics", Revision 1 6.6.

ANSI/ISA-S67.04.01-2018, "American National Standard, Setpoints for Nuclear Safety-Related Instrumentation" Calculations and Programs 6.7.

HC.DE-TS.ZZ-1001, Revision 0, "Instrument Setpoint Calculations for Hope Creek Generating Station" 6.8.

CC-AA-309, Revision 12, "Control of Design Analyses" 6.9.

H-1-ZZ-CCS-0509, Revision 0, "Drift Calculate Template Critical Software Index" Miscellaneous 6.10.

Statistics for Nuclear Engineers and Scientists Part 1: Basic Statistical Inference, William J. Beggs; February 1981 6.11.

NRC Generic Letter 91-04, "Changes in Technical Specification Surveillance Intervals to Accommodate a 24-Month Fuel Cycle" 6.12.

IT-AA-101, Revision 4, "Digital Technology Systems Quality Assurance" 6.13.

H-1-ZZ-CCS-0511, Revision 0, "Drift Calculation Template Critical Software Index" 0 PSEG Nuclear ILC ANALYSIS OF INSTRUMENT DRIFT FOR SURVEILLANCE EXTENSION PAGE 57 OF 57 Rev.O NC.DE-TS.ZZ-1027